cromagnam - purdue engineering · web viewthe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually...
TRANSCRIPT
![Page 1: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
Contents
I IntroductionII Comparison to Conceptual Design
1 Aerodynamics – Missy Hartwell………………………………………………………4 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Theory and Equations 1.3 Running the Code and Results 1.4 Conclusions
2 Aeroheating – Brad Crosson…………………………………………………………..25 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Methods and Calculations 2.3 Results 2.4 UHTC Analysis 2.5 Trade Studies 2.6 Discussion/ Reflections
3 Thermal Protection System – Robert MacDermott…………………………………..41 3.1 Introduction 3.2 SODDIT 3.3 Validation of SODDIT 3.4 Matlab SODDIT Interaction 3.5 TPS Iteration Cycle 3.6 Material Selection 3.7 Optimization Program 3.8 Iterations 3.9 Results
4 Structures – Lloyd Droppers………………………………………………………….72 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Requirements 4.3 Vehicle concept 4.4 Loading & Boundary Condition 4.5 Analysis Method 4.6 Matlab Trade Study 4.7 Iterations 4.8 Final Vehicle 4.9 Conclusion
5 Propulsion – Thomas Jennings……………………………………………………….93
6 Mars Trajectory – Mike Grant………………………………………………………..94 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Background
1
![Page 2: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
6.3 Fortran Simulation Overview 6.4 The Trade Space 6.5 The Genetic Algorithm – An Overview 6.6 Genetic Operations 6.7 Advantages of the Genetic Algorithm 6.8 Application of the Genetic Algorithm to Martian Atmospheric Flight 6.9 Fitness Evaluation 6.10 Fortran Trajectory Simulation Efficiency 6.11 Critical Influences on Trajectory Performance 6.11.1 Shadowing 6.11.2 Nose Radius 6.11.3 Viscous Drag Interaction and Final Iteration Results 6.11.4 Minimizing the Effects of Viscous Drag Interaction 6.12 Direction for Further Analysis 6.13 Execution of the GA and Analysis Scripts 6.14
7 Venus Trajectory – Greg Henning…………………………………………………..122 7.1 Initial and Final Conditions 7.2 Venus Properties 7.3 Trajectory Design 7.4 Vehicle Control 7.5 ΔV Analysis and Comparison 7.6 Iteration Process 7.7 Results and Discussion 7.8 Conclusions and Recommendations
8 Mars Multidisciplinary Design Optimization – Tony Sanders………………………150 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Method 8.3 Overview 8.4 Explanation of Code
9 Venus Multidisciplinary Design Optimization – Rob Fink…………………………1689.1 Overview9.2 BFP Analysis9.3 Spear Analysis9.4 Conclusions
10 Earth Multidisciplinary Design Optimization – Tim Kite……………………….…17810.1 Introduction10.2 Assumptions10.3 Design Parameters10.4 Team Interaction and Interdependency10.5 Design Methodology
10.5.1 Trajectory Theory and Development
2
![Page 3: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
10.5.2 Control Law Theory and Development10.5.3 Optimization Method
10.6 Iterations and Results10.7 Conclusion10.8 References
11 Systems Engineering – Michael Moessner………………………………………..194 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Components 11.3 Iterations 11.4 Conclusion
III Conclusion
Appendix A: Aeroheating……………………………………………………………...216
Appendix B: Plots for all Earth Re-Entry Iterations…………………………………..223
Appendix C: Trajectory Appendix……………………………………………………..242
Appendix D: Three Venus Control Methods…………………………………………..252
Appendix E: Detailed description of SODDIT and SODDIT/Matlab programs………260
3
![Page 4: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
1 Aerodynamics – Missy Hartwell
1.1 Introduction
The Fall 2005 mission required a vehicle that must perform an aero gravity assist for a
Mars- Venus sample mission returning to Earth. Gravity assist maneuvers along with
aerodynamic forces have been used in the past to perform interplanetary missions to enable
reductions in cost. The Fall 2005 mission was unmanned, similar to Galileo, and required to
carry only scientific instruments that sampled atmospheric data along the way. In order to
perform this sort of mission, a hypersonic vehicle with a high L/D was desirable. The analyses
computed in the past generally assumed a fixed L/D ratio or fixed drag polar independent of
Reynolds number and Mach number, and did not analyze the thermal protection system or affect
of mass and volume. Because the trajectories are heavily dependent on these parameters, more
analysis was performed on varying L/D and viscous interactions effects in this report.
The objectives and goals for the aerodynamicist in the mission were to: evaluate vehicle
shapes, obtain methods to evaluate hypersonic Cl, Cd, L/D (including Newtonian, viscous, and
skin friction), pitching moment, static stability, and trim, and provide a subroutine for the
trajectories aerodynamics.
Step one for the aerodynamicist was selecting a vehicle. In order to select a vehicle for
the mission, research on hypersonic lifting bodies was first performed. After many publications
were read and hours of research conducted (Aerospaceweb.org, Advanced Topics in
Aerodynamics website, NASA’s SHARP vehicle), it was noted that the waverider, a sharp
leading edge wedge-like vehicle, was most often cited. For this reason a wedge was considered
for a preliminary vehicle design as well as a cone, circular cylinder, sphere, and flat plate. In the
4
![Page 5: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
end, a wedge was chosen for its high internal volume and flat plate behavior when flown at an
angle of attack higher than the included angle of the wedge. (The flat plate behavior is desirable
because it has the highest L/D.) The wedge has a rounded nose tip (modeled as a hemi-
cylindrical) and a flap attached to the back for trim control and stability.
1.2 Theory and Equations
In order to evaluate the performance of the wedge, several codes were written in Fortran
and then analyzed using Matlab scripts written by Tony Sanders (MDO Mars). The Newtonian
hypersonic theory was used to derive the equations for the flow around the plate. The Newtonian
theory states that when a uniform stream of particles impacts a body at an angle of attack, the
normal component of each particle’s momentum is transferred to the body while the tangential
component is preserved. This method is very inaccurate at subsonic speeds but is relatively
accurate for hypersonic speeds because the body moves so quickly. The Figure below shows the
Newtonian flow field.
Figure 1.1 Newtonian Impact Theory
5
![Page 6: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
Using Newton’s sin squared law, equations were derived for the aerodynamics of the
wedge with the help of Tony Sanders, MDO Mars. The equations were derived from Anderson’s
“Hypersonic and High Temperature Gasdynamics” (Ref 1.2) and Clark and Trimmer’s
“Equations and Charts for the Evaluation of the Hypersonic Characteristics of Lifting
Configurations by the Newtonian Theory” (Ref 1.3). The following is a list of variables used in
the derivations:
Lplate= length of wedge
Lflap= length of flap
rnose=nose radius
width= width of plate
δ=wedge included angle
xcg= center of gravity as measured along centerline from the reference point at the nose
zcg=distance along the z-axis from the center line to the center of gravity
Ycg= distance along y-axis from centerline to center of gravity. In the diagram below, it
is out of the page.
α = angle of attack the vehicle is flow at, has no relation to delta or beta in the definition.
Referenced as angle from velocity vector to bottom of wedge.
β =angle of flap, as measured from bottom of wedge to the flap
Sref=reference area of vehicle, used for non-dimensionalization
lref =reference length, entire length of vehicle, wedge +flap
lext= extension between lplate and lflap
The figure below is a sketch of the wedge geometry. All angles are positive downwards
and when the angle of attack is greater than the included angle of the wedge, the top surface is
6
![Page 7: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
shadowed. Because the least amount of drag was desirable, the wedge was never flow at angle of
attack less than the included angle of the wedge and therefore no aerodynamic data was analyzed
there. At angles of attack higher than the included angle of the wedge, the upper surface was
shadowed and cl=cd=0.
Figure 1.2 Wedge Geometry
The codes from previous years that were given to the aerodynamicist to modify to model
a wedge were:
Aerodat- main program where parameters are identified and moments, lift and drag are
calculated.
7
![Page 8: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
Aeroprop- generates cmcg vs alpha for a range of different flap angles. This is inviscid
analysis.
Aerotrim- subroutine that provides trimmed aerodynamic parameters for the vehicle. At
flight points, Cm=0 for trim and the slope of cmcg vs alpha must be negative for static
stability.
Altvmap- Used to generate various plots such as viscous drag, Newtonian drag, skin
friction drag vs altitude for various velocities, L/D vs altitude, etc.
Of important note is that roll and yaw were not taken into consideration for the sake of
time and difficulty. Also, the aerodynamics of ablating TPS were not considered. The vehicle
remained in hypersonic flight for the duration of the mission; therefore supersonic analysis was
not performed.
The main code, aerodat, was rewritten using the Newtonian hypersonic theory to model
the flow around a wedge. The code was rewritten a total of four times as a result of low L/D data
(sometimes even negative) that was returned. (Writing codes to model hypersonic flow is easy at
first glance but difficult to get results) After many hours of debugging, staring at a computer and
learning Fortran- specific coding, “good” results (higher L/D) were obtained and the code was
finalized. The following equations were derived using Newtonian hypersonic theory. (see
appendix for codes and specific equations numbers from which they were derived)
Error! Objects cannot be created from editing field codes.
Equation 1.1 Newtonain Hypersonic Theory
Below, xu_x, xu_z, xl_z are distances from the point where the center of pressure acts on
the upper and lower surfaces of the wedge to the cg location in the x and z direction. There were
8
![Page 9: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
used in deriving the cmcg for the wedge. Because we were dealing with essentially two flat
plates, the center of pressure is assumed to act at the center of the plate.
Error! Objects cannot be created from editing field codes.
Error! Objects cannot be created from editing field codes.
Equation 1.2 Newtonian Hypersonic Theory Con’t
Below, xf_x, xf_z, are distances from the point where center of pressure acts on the flap to the cg
location. There were used in deriving the cmcg for the flap.
Error! Objects cannot be created from editing field codes.
Error! Objects cannot be created from editing field codes.
Equation 1.3 Newtonian Hypersonic Theory Con’t
Below are the equations derived for the nose of the wedge.
Error! Objects cannot be created from editing field codes.Equation 1.4 Newtonian Hypersonic
Theory Con’t
Finally, the total cn and ca were calculated and the Cl and Cd Newtonian were found.
Error! Objects cannot be created from editing field codes.
Equation 1.5 Newtonian Hypersonic Theory Con’t
In addition to the Newtonian drag, viscous drag and skin friction drag also act on the vehicle.
The role of viscous interaction drag was important in the analysis because as a body travels
through air, a boundary layer (a thin region near the body surface) forms. This is not a concern at
subsonic speeds but as the speed increases, the flow temperature increases due to skin friction
causing the boundary layer to grow very thick. The primary reasons why the boundary layer
9
![Page 10: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
increases are in increase in viscosity and a decrease in density. The result of this is that the
boundary layer thickness varies as the square of the Mach number.
The results of this phenomena are seen later in the L/D plots when flown at different altitudes.
Viscous interaction was computed by first finding the transition location from laminar to
turbulent flow from the Reynolds number and then using that to calculate the viscosity from
Sutherland’s Law. The governing equation is:
Error! Objects cannot be created from editing field codes.
Equation 1.6 Viscous Drag
Hypersonic skin friction was also of vital importance because the growth of the boundary
layer at hypersonic speeds results in a growth of skin friction. The skin friction drag was
calculated also by first finding the transition location from laminar to turbulent flow from the
Reynolds number. Then, the skin friction due to laminar flow was found as well as skin friction
due to turbulent flow.
1.3 Running the Codes and Results
After all the equations were derived and modified in the aerodat code, the aeroprop code
was modified to run at the desired angles of attack and increments chosen by the aerodynamicist.
The aerotrim code was then modified to run at the desired flap angles and cg locations chosen by
the aerodynamicist. The flap angles chosen to run at were critical. By increasing the range of flap
angle, the vehicle was able to trim at a wider range of cg locations.
Once all the codes were modified and ready to run, the vehicle parameters (lplate, lflap, width,
rnose, width, mass, ycg, zcg, alpha, sigma, delta, lext) for the given iteration were put into a
matlab script written by Tony Sanders. (Trajinputmatrix, Aeroinputmatrix, Altvmapinputmatrix)
10
![Page 11: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
The updated Fortran files were run and then the Matlab scripts were run to help plot the
data and interpret the results.
One of the primary concerns for the Fall 2005 mission was obtaining a high enough L/D
to maintain the flight path given by Tracey that provided the proper trajectory without
accumulating a lot of drag while flying in the atmosphere. Also of great importance was the
trimming capabilities of the vehicle while in flight. The center of gravity location in comparison
to the center of mass played a vital role in determining what angles of attack the vehicle can fly
at. The center of gravity location was an iterative process between the aerodynamicist, systems
person, and trajectories people (Mike M., Greg, Mike) and proved to be one of the limiting and
most difficult parameters to iterate on.
To start, Aeroprop, an in-viscid analysis, was run to see the max Cl/Cd obtainable for
each angle of attack chosen. A plate length, flap length, width, included angle of the wedge, and
nose radius were chosen and the aeroprop code was run. For the first trade study, aeroprop was
run with the following parameters and the plate length was varied from 2 meters to 8 meters.
Table 1.1 Parameters for Final Iteration
lflap rnose delta width zcg
0.25m 0.001m 4 deg 1.25m 0.028m
After analyzing these results it was concluded that changing the length of the plate
doesn’t affect the L/D. It was later found that the vehicle length was more vital from a
trajectories point of view rather than aerodynamics. If the trajectories people needed a longer or
shorter vehicle, it was not a primary concern for the aerodynamicist.
11
![Page 12: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
Cl/Cd max vs Alpha for Various Plate Lengths
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
4 9 14 19 24
alpha (deg)
cl/c
d
lplate=2m lplate=4m
lplate=6m lplate=8m
Figure 1.3 Cl/Cd max vs Alpha for Varying Plate Length
As seen above, the max inviscid Cl/Cd obtainable was around 4.4 at an angle of attack of 7
degrees for a nose radius of 0.001m.
Next, a trade study on the effect of nose radius was performed. Aeroprop was run with the above
with lplate=3.575m, width=1.25m, delta=0 deg, lflap=0.25m, and rnose=.00001m to 0.005m. It
was run with an included angle of 0 degree to try to model flat plate behavior.
12
![Page 13: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
Figure 1.4 1Cl/Cd Max for Various Nose Radii-In- Viscid
As seen seen in the figure above, the nose radius has an extremely large effect on the Cl/Cd. (It
does not affect the lift, rather the drag but Cl/Cd was of interest to the aerodynamicst). For
rn=0.005m, the Cl/Cd max is around 2. As the radius was decreased, the Cl/Cd shot up at very
low angles of attack. For a nose radius of 0.00001m, Cl/Cd max was 23. As the nose tip radii is
decreased, the overall heating is decreased resulting in less drag.. For an infinitesimally small
nose radius, the trend is Cl/Cd approaching infinity. However, according to the methods handout,
the minimum nose radii one should look at is 1mm.Therefore, a limiting factor in achieving
higher L/D is the nose radii. Aeroprop was also run to see the trimmable xcg locations. The use
of the flap attached to the back was primarily for the trim and pitch control. By changing the flap
angle, the vehicle was capable of trimming at different angle of attack. To see where the vehicle
13
![Page 14: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
was capable of trimming, the aeroprop code was run at angle of attack -35 degrees to 35 degrees
for a selected number of xcg lcoations with the parameters of the current iteration. Plots of cmcg
vs alpha were generated and for the vehicle to trim, Cm=0 and the slope of cm vs alpha must be
negative. The plots below are for the last iteration run.
Table 1.2 Parameters for Last Iteration
lplate lflap width rnose delta lext
3.575m 0.25m 1.25m 0.001m 4 degrees 0.3m
6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28-0.04
-0.03
-0.02
-0.01
0
0.01
0.02
Plot of Cm,cg versus
(deg)
Cm
,cg
lplate= 3.575lflap= 0.25width= 1.25rnose= 0.005xcg= 2.0279ycg= 0.028
Flap Angle ( ) = -23Flap Angle ( ) = -21Flap Angle ( ) = -19Flap Angle ( ) = -17Flap Angle ( ) = -15Flap Angle ( ) = -13Flap Angle ( ) = -11Flap Angle ( ) = -9Flap Angle ( ) = -7Flap Angle ( ) = -5Flap Angle ( ) = -3Flap Angle ( ) = -1Flap Angle ( ) = 1Flap Angle ( ) = 3Flap Angle ( ) = 5Flap Angle ( ) = 7Flap Angle ( ) = 9Flap Angle ( ) = 11Flap Angle ( ) = 13Flap Angle ( ) = 15
Figure 1.5 Trimming Capabilities for Xcg=2.02
The above figure is for the xcg location for the final iteration. At this xcg location, as seen from
the figure above, the vehicle is capable of trimming at a flap angle of 1 degree for smaller angles
14
![Page 15: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
of attack and -1 degree for larger angles of attack. The trimming capabilities at large angles of
attack was important for Earth trajectories while Venus and Mars needed to trim at lower angles
of attack.
Shown below are other trimmable xcg locations. These were needed because the systems person
(Mike Moessner) needed a range of xcg locations rather than one specific location. After a
certain location, it was nearly impossible to move components around and ballast was added or
subtracted to move the position of the center of gravity. This was a part of the iterative process in
that the aerodynamicist gave the systems person a range of cg locations then he moved things
around and sent the data to the trajectories to see if the location gave good results. The
trajectories were then sent to TPS and if necessary, the cycle was once again repeated. The xcg
range given to the systems for trimmable states was 1.84m -2.1m.
15
![Page 16: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
-0.04
-0.03
-0.02
-0.01
0
0.01
Plot of Cm,cg versus
(deg)
Cm
,cg
lplate= 3.575lflap= 0.25width= 1.25rnose= 0.005xcg= 1.9786ycg= 0.028
Flap Angle ( ) = -23Flap Angle ( ) = -21Flap Angle ( ) = -19Flap Angle ( ) = -17Flap Angle ( ) = -15Flap Angle ( ) = -13Flap Angle ( ) = -11Flap Angle ( ) = -9Flap Angle ( ) = -7Flap Angle ( ) = -5Flap Angle ( ) = -3Flap Angle ( ) = -1Flap Angle ( ) = 1Flap Angle ( ) = 3Flap Angle ( ) = 5Flap Angle ( ) = 7Flap Angle ( ) = 9Flap Angle ( ) = 11Flap Angle ( ) = 13Flap Angle ( ) = 15
Figure 1.6 Trimming Characteristics for Xcg=1.97m
16
![Page 17: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
-0.06
-0.05
-0.04
-0.03
-0.02
-0.01
0
0.01
Plot of Cm,cg versus
(deg)
Cm
,cg
lplate= 3.575lflap= 0.25width= 1.25rnose= 0.005xcg= 1.8553ycg= 0.028
Flap Angle ( ) = -23Flap Angle ( ) = -21Flap Angle ( ) = -19Flap Angle ( ) = -17Flap Angle ( ) = -15Flap Angle ( ) = -13Flap Angle ( ) = -11Flap Angle ( ) = -9Flap Angle ( ) = -7Flap Angle ( ) = -5Flap Angle ( ) = -3Flap Angle ( ) = -1Flap Angle ( ) = 1Flap Angle ( ) = 3Flap Angle ( ) = 5Flap Angle ( ) = 7Flap Angle ( ) = 9Flap Angle ( ) = 11Flap Angle ( ) = 13Flap Angle ( ) = 15
Figure 1.7 Trimming Locations for Xcg=1.85m
Altvmap was run in order to compare Lift /Drag and coefficient of drag at different altitudes and
different velocities without flying through a specific trajectory. (The lift and coefficient of lift are
not a function of altitude). The following are plots returned from altvmap with the below
parameters:
Table 1.3 Final Iteration Parameters
17
lplate lflap width rnose delta lext
3.575m 0.25m 1.25m 0.001m 4 degrees 0.3m
![Page 18: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
x 104
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000Components of Drag vs Altitude
Altitude (m)
Dra
g (N
)
= 7
Figure 1.8 2 Components of Drag at 6,000 m/s, alpha= 7 degrees
Plotted above are the different components of Drag at different altitudes. As seen in the figure, as
the altitude increases, skin friction, viscous, and Newtonian drag all decrease. The skin friction
drag is very small relative to the other components. This may be due to a bug in the code,
however, the aerodynamicist was not able to find this bug.
Although the drag itself decreases with increasing altitude, the coefficient of drag increases. This
is shown in the figure below. The coefficient of drag steadily increased as the altitude increased
until around 55 kilometers where it leveled off at cd=0.025. This phenomena of increasing cd
became the primary concern for the mission.
18
Skin Friction
Newtonian
Total
Viscous
![Page 19: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1000
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
Comparison of CDTOTAL and Total Drag vs Altitude
Altitude (Km)
Dra
g (N
)
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1000.005
0.01
0.015
0.02
0.025
0.03
CD
Figure 1.9 Components of Cd and D for 6,000 m/s, alpha=7 degrees
In order to see exactly where the increasing cd was coming from, it was broken up into skin
friction, viscous, and Newtonian components. These are plotted below. As seen in the figure, the
Newtonian and skin friction drag remained constant as the altitude changed. However, the
viscous interaction coefficient of drag increased dramatically as the altitude increased. This is a
result of the changing density in the atmosphere. At higher altitudes the air is less dense. Because
Cd is inversely proportional to density, as the density decreased the Cd increased. In order to
achieve a higher Cl/Cd, the vehicle must remain in flight at lower altitudes. As seen in the figure
below, at high altitudes, around 56 km, the viscous drag contributed approximately 70% of the
total drag. However, it isn’t till around 40 kilometers that the viscous interaction drag dominated.
At the least, around 20 km, the viscous interaction drag contributed around 30% of the total drag
and for this reason it is much more beneficial to fly at low altitudes. This is discussed later by the
trajectories people.
19
![Page 20: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
Cd vs Altitude
0.00E+00
2.00E-03
4.00E-03
6.00E-03
8.00E-03
1.00E-02
1.20E-02
1.40E-02
1.60E-02
1.80E-02
2.00E-02
0.00E+00 2.00E+04 4.00E+04 6.00E+04 8.00E+04 1.00E+05 1.20E+05Altitude (m)
Cd
newtonian skin friction
viscous
Figure 1.10 Cd vs Altitude - Skin Friction, Viscous, Newtonian
Cd vs Altitude
0.00E+00
5.00E-03
1.00E-02
1.50E-02
2.00E-02
2.50E-02
3.00E-02
0.00E+00 2.00E+04 4.00E+04 6.00E+04 8.00E+04 1.00E+05 1.20E+05Altitude (m)
Cd
newtonian
skin friction
viscous
total cd
Figure 1.10 Cd vs Altitude - Skin Friction, Newtonian, Visscous, and Total
20
![Page 21: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
Because viscous drag was such a larger contributor to the overall drag, it was important to
compare the inviscid and viscous L/D max. Shown below are two plots of viscous L/D at 6,000
and 10,000m/s at alpha=7 degrees. It was flown at 7 degrees because this was where the max
L/D occurred.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1001
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4L/D versus Altitude
Altitude (Km)
L/D
= 7
Figure 1.3 L/D vs Altitude for 6,000 m/s , alpha=7 degrees
21
![Page 22: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1001
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4L/D versus Altitude
Altitude (Km)
L/D
= 7
Figure 1.13L/D vs Altitude for 10,000 m/s , alpha=7 degrees
As seen in the figures above, the L/D changed very slightly as the velocity changed from 6,000
m/s to 10,000 m/s. At 10,000 m/s the L/D max was at 3.74 and it leveled off at 1.22 around an
altitude of 52 kilometers. At 6,000 m/s the L/D max was at 3.88 and it also leveled off at 1.22 at
an altitude of 56 kilometers. This shows that L/D decreases very little as the velocity is
increased. However of important note is that the L/D max is 3.88 for viscous while L/D max is
4.4 for in-viscid.
1.4 Conclusion
After many analyses were performed on the aerodynamics of the vehicle, it turned out two
parameters were the deciding factors as to the success of the mission. First, the most important
parameter was the L/D max. Without a high enough L/D the entire mission is scrapped. The
vehicle shape as well as the viscous interaction drag governs the L/D and performance. There are
limitations to the max L/D achievable. A perfectly blunt flat plate with an infinitesimally small
22
![Page 23: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
nose radius has a L/D approaching infinity. However, this is both impractical for internal volume
as well as manufacturing capabilities. Also, viscous interaction is not taken into effect. Viscous
interaction can account for up to 70% of the total drag at high altitudes and at 30% at lower
altitudes . Therefore, it is very unreasonable to ignore viscous effect, especially when performing
an aero gravity assist mission around two planets. Analysis performed using a fixed L/D and
ignoring viscous effects return results significantly different from those with the considerations
of changing L/D and viscous interactions. In order to achieve a higher L/D, a more sophisticated
analysis would have to be performed on optimizing the vehicle shape.
If more time was permitted, the use of the tangent wedge method would improve the
aerodynamic results as well. The tangent wedge method is used for small angles of attack and the
flow field is determined by constructing a wedge that is tangent to a selected point on the body.
It assumes that the properties at the selected point are the same as those corresponding to the
point on the original body. The oblique shock theory is used to determine the points instead of
calculating the flow field around the body itself.
23
![Page 24: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
References
[1.1] Anderson, J.D. Fundamentals of Aerodynamics 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, New York, 1991.
[1.2] Anderson, J.D., Hypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dynamics, McGraw Hill,
NewYork, 1989
[1.3] Clark, E.L. Trimmer, L.L., Equations and Charts for the Evaluation of the Hypersonic
Aerodynamic Characteristics of Lifting Configurations by the Newtonian Theory, Arnold
Engineering Development Center, Arnold Air Force Station, Tennessee, March 1964.
[1.4] Professor Schnieder’s Methods Report
24
![Page 25: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
2 Aeroheating – Brad Crosson
2.1 Introduction:
The primary purpose of the Aeroheating position was to provide the team with heat versus time
data. The shape that was chosen, a wedge, was easier to analyze than some of the more complex
shapes that are being launched today. A wedge was essentially the same as two blunt flat plates
placed at an angle to each other. This made calculating the heating forces much easier instead of
having odd geometric shapes to model.
For a wedge, the leeward side does not incur any heating; only the windward side needed to be
considered. This was true as long as the angle of attack that the wedge was flying at was at least
twice that of the half angle. This means that if the half angle was 6o, then the angle of attack
needed to be at least 12o so that the leeward side was shadowed. Also, the base of the wedge,
where the engines were, would not incur any heating effects from the aero-gravity-assist or
reentry. The engines were shadowed by the flap and the sides of the wedge. SPEAR was also
assumed to be at 200 K anytime it was outside of a planetary atmosphere, basically while it
traveled through space. These assumptions helped with the modeling of SPEAR and are more
clearly seen in the pictures in the Systems portion of the report.
A wedge shape was chosen because of previous examples and spacecraft currently in industry.
This shape had sound structural properties, simple aerodynamics properties and provided a nice
basic design which was complex enough to produce significant results, but not so simple that the
results would be meaningless.
25
![Page 26: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
Rocket launched space vehicles, such as the Shuttle orbiter, experience relatively little
aerodynamics heating during launch. For the shuttle, the heating at the stagnation point is two
orders of magnitude less during launch than during atmospheric entry from Reference (2-1).
The heat transfer rate was found using the free stream velocity, the free stream density, the
specific heat of the nose material, the nose radius, and the temperature at the stagnation point.
Many other variables had to be considered to obtain the previous variables. The other variables
that went into calculating the overall heating were: heat transfer rate, nose radius, base radius,
length of the craft, wedge half angle, overall mass, atmospheric conditions, radius of the planets,
angle of attack, edge of the atmosphere, heading angle, position, enthalpy ratio, viscosity,
emissivity of wall material, wall thickness, location of the center of gravity, C l and Cd, trim angle
for flap, and finding laminar/ turbulent boundary.
The nose was modeled as a solid block of UHTC while the TPS was made of SLA-561. This is
explored further in the TPS section. In the code, a total of ten points were unequally spread along
the length of the vehicle to determine the heating at various points. More points were placed
towards the nosetip because this section had greater changes in heating over the same time
interval. These points were used to model the different changes in temperature across the entire
vehicle.
2.2 Methods and Calculations:
26
![Page 27: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
The heatflux program was used in conjunction with the trajectories flown. The trajectory people
would fly an iteration while the heatflux code determined if the amount of heat exceeded the
maximum allowable. This was done during each iteration.
The basic heating rate equation came from Reference 2-1. This equation can be seen as Equation
below:
Eq
In Eq , C, N, and M are constants that were determined by the planetary properties while ρ and V
were the density and velocity respectively. The density and velocity constantly changed for each
of the different planets as SPEAR flew through different trajectories. These properties were
found using a combination of traj.f, trajsub.for, aerodat.f, aerotrim.for, the atmo.for functions and
solvereentry.for. N and M, known as the Tauber exponents, were 0.5 and 3.4 respectively for
both Mars and Venus. Mars and Venus both have CO2 atmospheres, so the same aeroheating
equations were used for both, only the density, velocity, etc. were different. For Earth, N and M
were 0.5 and 3.0 respectively. The Tauber exponents also change values based on whether the
flow was laminar or turbulent.
From Reference (2-2), for laminar flow for Earth, C = (1.83*10-8) rn-1/2 (1-gw) where rn is the nose
radius and gw is the ratio of the wall enthalpy (hw) to total enthalpy (ho). hw = cpwTw and the total
enthalpy is ho = ha +0.5 V2 where local enthalpy, ha, is much smaller than 0.5V2 and therefore
neglected. The heating equation for Earth can be seen as Equation below:
27
![Page 28: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
The equations for Mars and Venus are very similar just with a different C term and changed
Tauber exponents.
From this equation a great many ideas and equations need to be considered such as: stagnation
location, transition location, laminar or turbulent flow, inside or outside of the atmosphere, the
atmospheric properties, and the changing rate of heat at the different points along SPEAR. After
each of these was considered, the heating rates at each thermal point could be determined from
its flow condition and position downstream of the stagnation point. The equations that govern the
above concepts were put into the code used to compute the overall heat flux. The heat transfer to
the wing leading edges was not needed because of the shape of the spacecraft chosen.
The laminar/ turbulent transition location was found using Eq below where Re was the
Reynolds Number, M∞ was Mach infinity, ρ was the density, and Vinf was the velocity:
Eq
The atmosphere files for each planet governed the properties such as density, altitude of
usable atmosphere, and temperature. They also determined when SPEAR was actually in the
atmosphere. Heating was only affected while SPEAR was in the atmosphere and as soon as it
exited the atmosphere, the heating went back to 200 K.
Some general assumptions were that the skin friction effects on the pitching moment
were neglected as is explained in further detail in the Aerodynamics section. The side forces can
be assumed to be zero since the vehicle is symmetric. The L/D ratio becomes large for smaller
28
![Page 29: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
angles of attack and gets reduced with skin friction, nose bluntness, trim drag, and viscous
interaction.
2.3 Results:
When acceptable trajectories were found, the heating and heat flux could be more closely
examined. The final iteration results can be seen in the Appendix. The final iteration for Mars
can be seen as Figures 2.1 And 2.2, for Venus Figures 2.3 and 2.4, and for Earth 2.5 and 2.6.
The Mars and Venus figures were fairly similar. This was to be expected. For the final
iteration, the maximum heat flux for Mars was 2,781,560 J/m2*s and for Venus was 8,891,050
J/m2*s. The maximum wall temperature for Mars was 252 K and for Venus was 290 K. These
values were obtained at the stagnation points which were significantly larger than any of the
heating points downstream. This was also to be expected. These numbers are both acceptable and
reasonable. The heatflux and the wall temperature were also enough that the TPS would be able
to withstand the heating effects. This is further explored in the TPS section.
The Earth figures were similar in shape but differed in magnitude. The maximum
heatflux for Earth was 639,011 J/m2*s while the maximum wall temperature was 1,811 K. The
heatflux for Earth varied from an order of magnitude of 106 to 105 and the maximum wall
temperature, varied by over six times the maximum wall temperature of Venus. This was due to
the differences in the velocity and trajectory. Also, the way in which the heating was calculated
in the heatflux.for code did not compensate for radiative cooling for Mars and Venus. This will
be explained in the UHTC section of the Aeroheating report below. It can also be noted that the
29
![Page 30: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
second point along SPEAR produced the maximum heating and the maximum heatflux and not
the stagnation point.
From Reference (2-1), the heating rates and stagnation points for the Shuttle ranged from
470 to 930 W/cm2 at 8 km/s. The corresponding wall temperatures varied from 3200 to 3800 K
and were far beyond the radiative cooling capabilities of existing, non-ablating, heat shield
materials. It was found that for trans-atmospheric vehicles that as the total heating declined
dramatically with increasing acceleration. The heating load was inversely proportional to the
average acceleration and often greater heating was due to longer periods of exposure to turbulent
flow. The Tauber exponents are greater during turbulent flow than laminar which explains this
phenomenon.
The elements of aerothermodynamic heating are closely associated with the requirement
for low aerodynamic drag. To achieve low drag, the vehicle must be slender and have a relatively
sharp nose. Our vehicle is slender with a relatively sharp nose which greatly helped to reduce the
effects of heating.
2.4 UHTC Analysis:
The Ultra-High Temperature Ceramic, UHTC, made of ZrB2/SiC, HfB2/Sic or
ZrB2/SiC/C, was the material at the nose of SPEAR that confronted the highest heating
temperatures before the rest of the heat was differed to the TPS on the windward side. The data
on the UHTC was obtained from Reference (2-4) which was the most current, publicly available
information, which was released in 1969, over 35 years ago. The UHTC acted as a solid non-
ablating thermal protection system whose thickness was small compared to the surface distances
30
![Page 31: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
over which the heat transfer varied significantly. For a nose tip like this, it was better to consider
the nose tip as a solid heat sink instead of multiple heating points. The internal heat conduction
was large enough that it was approximated at a single temperature throughout the entire nose.
For blocks with sharp noses, this solid nosetip has heat transfer at the stagnation point ten times
greater than at the sides, Reference (2-3). The overall heat transfer to the block is not that high
with a sharper nose. The goal of the UHTC analysis was to find the minimum amount of TPS
needed to withstand the heating effects of reentry.
From Reference (2-5), wingless sharp body vehicles that utilize UHTC components at the
nose are optimum. Heavy UHTC components are not suitable for wings because they require
stiff structural support. UHTC at the nose minimizes the amount of structural support required,
the number of UHTC components, and moves the center of gravity forward.
The heating applied to the nose of SPEAR, was found using the Lumped Heating at Solid
Nosetip Model found in the Methods Handout. Eq below was the equation used to find the
amount of heat that a certain volume of UHTC would be able to withstand.
Eq
In Eq above, cp was the specific heat of the surface material, ρw was the density of the
surface material, V was the volume of solid nose tip, was the heat transfer rate, was the
radiation from fluid to the surface, ε was the emissivity of the surface, σ was the Stephan-
Boltzman constant, and Tw was the wall temperature. The density, emissivity, specific heat, and
31
![Page 32: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
Stephan - Boltzman term were held constant at 0.006 kg/cm3, 0.8 (unitless), 795 J/kg*K, and
5.669*10-12 W/cm2K4 respectively.
After some manipulation, dT was found to be equal to Eq below:
Eq
All of the variables were able to be determined except for the radiative cooling term.
From reference (2-2), radiative cooling is usually neglected for “reentry from LEO and becomes
significant mainly for reentry from escape velocity or perhaps high orbit.” Radiative cooling is
negligible only for velocities less than 10+ km/s. The entries into Mars and Venus would not be
from LEO but would be equal or exceed 10 km/s so radiative cooling was negligible . The
leeward side of the vehicle let heat escape from the UHTC, which decreased the maximum wall
temperature. At some temperature a steady state condition is reached where radiative cooling
from the rear and the sides of the block balances out the heat transfer at the stagnation point.
The temperature vs. time results from the code for the Mars final iteration can be seen in
Figure 2.7 in the Appendix. The green line in figures 2.7 to 2.9 represents the maximum
temperature that the UHTC can withstand; 3,033 K. In Figure 2.7, the maximum temperature
was found to be 1,129 K. This was within the ability of the UHTC to protect SPEAR. During this
trial, SPEAR was traveling at over 10 km/s which means that the radiative cooling term was
negligible as per Reference (2-2).
The results from the Venus Lumped Heating Model can be seen in the Appendix as
Figure 2.8. The results from the Earth lumped heating code can be seen in the Appendix as
32
![Page 33: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
Figure 2.9. From figures 2.8 and 2.9, Mars and Venus were within the abilities of the UHTC to
protect the vehicle. For the Earth’s heating effects, SPEAR was coming in on a much lower
trajectory (see MDO Earth for further analysis) than Mars and Venus which could then be
considered the same as a low earth orbit, LEO, entry. As stated earlier, if an object was entering
from a low trajectory, similar to that of a LEO entry, then the radiative heating effects would be
negligible. This can clearly be seen in Figure 2.9 in the Appendix where the UHTC provided
ample protection during Earth entry. The maximum temperature that the UHTC got up to for
Venus was 2,304 K. The maximum temperature that the UHTC got up to for Earth was 2,118 K
which was 915 K less than the maximum allowable temperature the UHTC is able to withstand.
A minimum volume of TPS was not able to be determined, but the TPS used was
adequate for the mission. The UHTC temperature was also found to be independent of the width,
because it was two-dimensional, thus neglecting the width.
2.5 Trade Studies:
Using close approximations to the final dimensions of SPEAR, trade studies were conducted to
find how varying different parameters affected the heating. These trade studies were done using
a Martian atmosphere with a complete iteration two trajectory. The studies were done using a
combination of the heatflux code and the SPSMars code to find trends.
The trajectory and the flight path angle were the two biggest factors in determining the heating of
the craft. The trajectory used to compute the following findings was done using the trajectory for
iteration two. Changing the flight path angle by 10% changed the maximum stagnation wall heat
flux by more than 80% and then the heat flux became too large. Changing the angle of attack by
33
![Page 34: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
55% changed the maximum stagnation wall heat flux by more than 35% and then became
untrimmable. Changing the length by 6% and changing the width by 20% did not significantly
affect the heating parameters. Changing the flap length by more than 30% did not significantly
alter the heating, but SPEAR became untrimmable when the flap became too large. When the
flap was approximately 15% of the overall length, SPEAR became untrimmable. Changing the
nose radius from almost a sharp leading edge to blunt nose changed the maximum stagnation
wall heat flux by over 75%. When the nose radius was too big SPEAR became untrimmable.
Figure 2.10 in the Appendix is a small cutout of a trade study.
The heat flux code gave outputs of the maximum stagnation wall heat flux, the wall
temperature, the time in the atmosphere, and the altitude profile. Figure 2.11 in the Appendix is a
sample plot of the wall heat flux vs. time. From Figure 2.11, the reason for the abrupt drop offs
at the beginning and end of the graph was due to the way the points were dispersed in the
atmosphere code. The atmosphere does not immediately stop, it trails off. In the code the
atmosphere has a definite ending point at which the code “sees” no more atmosphere which is
why it appears that the wall heat flux ends.
Figure 2.12 in the Appendix is of the wall temperature vs. time. This graph shows that after
SPEAR entered the atmosphere, it heated up as expected and maintained a fairly constant
temperature while it was inside the atmosphere. The graph does not show that when it left the
atmosphere, its wall temperature returned to 200 K. The graph was not extended out far enough
for this to be observed.
References 2-1 through 2-4 were used extensively as the primary source for the governing
equations. The equations in the references were adapted and implemented into the code.
34
![Page 35: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
2.6 Discussion/ Reflection:
The design chosen was an excellent one for the mission given. One advantage was that there was
no drag or heating from a swept leading edge. One disadvantage was that the nose was the width
of the vehicle, and this type of wide UHTC leading edge has not yet been successfully
manufactured (that we know about). Also there currently is a limit to the size of UHTC that can
be built in one piece. Also joints in the leading edge are problematic.
No design can ever be the best. There is always room for improvement. By the time a project is
ready to launch, new technologies have been discovered that make the technology on the ‘latest’
craft old and ready for replacement. In the case of Aeroheating, by the time a TPS or UHTC was
chosen and manufactured, another stronger, lighter, higher max wall temperature material may
have been made that would completely replace and outperform the one that was examined here.
One limiting factor in finding the best design was the length of time the iterative process took.
Also, the skill of the members and the effort put forth was another limiting factor. If we had
access to non-classified current materials, (government/ military technologies) it would have
greatly improved our results. If the TPS could withstand higher temperatures, we would have had
a larger range of angles of attack to fly at as well as being able to fly lower in the atmospheres
and therefore producing more lift. This would have helped immensely because more effort could
have been spent fine tuning our design instead of finding the small margin of acceptable ranges
at which SPEAR could adequately perform. Also, if more advanced propulsion systems were
available; our options would again have been expanded. With a more efficient and less bulky/
heavy propulsion system, it would have been possible to have a wider range of trimmable
35
![Page 36: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
locations and therefore greater mission flexibility. A better propulsion system could have also
allowed us to travel quicker and complete the mission faster and more easily match the required
planetary entrance and exit conditions.
If this project had continued I would have explored several different factors. I would have liked
to take a closer look at how why radiative cooling does not effect spacecrafts returning from
LEO but it is a significant factor when entering an atmosphere from higher orbits. I would also
have liked to examine how dependent the first downstream point was on the stagnation point.
Also learning about the UHTC production process, how it is made and what the constraints are
on its production and why may have provided useful information. That information would have
further constrained, and added another realistic parameter to our design. It would have been nice
to explore the effects of heating on a wide range of vehicle shapes. This would have provided a
lot of insight into ways to optimize the vehicle. With the complexity of getting a blunt flat plate
and a wedge to produce useful results, this seemed to be out of the question.
36
![Page 37: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/37.jpg)
References
[2-1] Tauber, Michael E and Meness, Gene P, Aerothermodynamics of Transatmospheric
Vehicles
[2-2] Schneider, Steven P, Methods for Analysis of Preliminary Spacecraft Deisgns
[2-3] Anderson, J.D., Hypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dynamics
[2-4] Research and Development of refractory oxidation-resistant diborides, Part II, Volume V,
Thermal, Physical, Electrical, and Optical Properties, AFML (Air Force Material Labs)-TL-68-
190, 1969, DTIC citation AD-865321.
[2-5] Optimizing Hypersonic Sharp Body Concepts from a Thermal Protection System
Perspective, NASA Ames Research Center, AIAA paper 98, April 1998
37
![Page 38: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/38.jpg)
3 Thermal Protection System – Robert MacDermott
3.1 Introduction:
The purpose of the TPS on any vehicle is to protect the vehicle from the high temperatures
associated with atmospheric re-entry and hypersonic flight. Without TPS any vehicle that enters
the atmosphere will burn up. TPS is a complex issue. The aerodynamics, aeroheating, and
trajectories determine the strength and duration of the heating. These three areas are very
complicated and have many, many factors that affected the results of the TPS analysis. The TPS
analysis itself is also complicated. Determining what material to use, and how much of that
material, comes down to a large system of thermodynamics problems.
There are two major varieties of TPS, ablating and reusable. Ablating TPS, when heated to a
certain temperature, sublimates and material is removed. The removal of this heated material
from the system removes energy and therefore keeps the temperature from rising as high as it
normally would. Reusable TPS comes in the form of an insulator. A good example of this
would be the space shuttle tiles. They are silica ceramic with a low thermal conductivity. The
outermost part of the tiles heats up, but that heat is not fully transferred to the inner parts of the
tile, allowing the understructure to be kept at a lower, more reasonable, temperature.
3.2 SODDIT:
38
![Page 39: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/39.jpg)
Sandia One-Dimensional Direct and Indirect Thermal (SODDIT), reference 3.1 and 3.2,
is the name of the code used to model the TPS. SODDIT uses a one dimensional control
volume to solve the thermodynamics problem presented. It was written in Fortran by the Sandia
Laboratories, and no modifications have been made to this program.
SODDIT requires data to be stored in input files. These files are saved in the format:
filename.inp. These files contain up to 11 distinct blocks of information that SODDIT requires
to perform its operations. See table 3.1 for what each block does.
Table 3.1 : SODDIT block Descriptions
Block Description
1 Control Flags
2 Title Records
3 Print Times, Increments, and Thermocouple depths
4 General Problem Constraints
5 Material Property Data
6 Nodal and Element Data
7 Boundary Condition Constants
8 Front Face (x=0) Boundary Conditions
9 Back Face (x=0) Boundary Conditions
10 Gas Enthalpy Data
11 Energy Generation Rate Constants
Block 1, the control flags, tells SODDIT how it is going to set up the problem. There are
80 different control flags that can be used. For this analysis, only 4 needed to be used. Flag 2
was used to determine if the current run was to have automatic node genearation or be a restart
39
![Page 40: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/40.jpg)
run with data taken from a pervious run. When Flag 2 was set to 0, SODDIT uses automatic
node generation. When Flag 2 was set to 3 then data from the SODDIT output file was put into
the new input file for node generation. Flag 4 was set to either 0 or 3 depending on if ablation
was desired or not. Flag 4 was set to 1 so that a _plt.txt file was outputted. This file format put
the output data into a more plot friendly format. Flag 16 told SODDIT that all calculation were
to be performed in consistent SI units. This prevented the conversions that are necessary when
dealing with English units, such as the conversions between slugs, lbm, and lbf.
Table 3.2 Control Flag values uses and descriptions
Flag Values
2 0→ automatic nodes , 3 → user defined nodes
4 0 → no ablation , 3 → ablation
5 1 → gives filename_plt.txt as output
16 1 → All calculation assumed to be in SI
Block 2 is set up as a description of what data is inputted into the system. SODDIT does
not actually use any of the data in this section. It instead is intended for the user, so that the
output files can be tracked and differentiated from one another.
Block 3 is used to specify a maximum time and a time interval.
Block 4 sets up the general problem constraints. These were not varied and included elements
like computation time steps, the maximum temperature step in a single node for a single time
step, and the Stefan-Boltzman constant.
Block 5 is the material properties section. This defines the material properties for each
material used for the TPS. For SPEAR (Spacecraft for the Purpose of Exo-Atmospheric
Rendezvous) there were 3 layers; an ablator, an insulator, and the SPEAR skin. Each material
40
![Page 41: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/41.jpg)
was allotted its own section in block 5. The code used the material properties of density, heat of
formation, specific heat, thermal conductivity, emitance, absorption, and heat of ablation. The
materials used were found in reference 3.3.
Block 6 deals with the node and element data. For a normal run, not a reinitialization
run, the initial temperature for the nodes is set in this section. For the basic case T initial = 200 K.
This temperature was chosen based on the assumption that the SPEAR would spend long periods
of time in interplanetary travel and any residual heat due to atmospheric entry would have had
ample time to dissipate over those long time intervals. Block 6 was also where the number of
nodes in each layer of the material was defined. Nodes are defined as the individual points
inside each material layer for which SODDIT runs an analysis. Each material layer can have a
different number of nodes. At the same time this was where the thickness of each layer was
defined. Each layer could also have a different thickness. For an ablator, the depth of each node
would change as the material ablated. For an insulator, the depth of each node would remain
constant. For a reinitialization run, each node was assigned a material, thickness, and
temperature. The easiest way to do this was to take the section of the filename_out.txt file that
was specifically formatted for a SODDIT restart.
Block 7 is where the boundary conditions are defined. For the purpose of this project, the
outer boundary condition was defined as the heat flux as a function of time. This was given in a
heat flux file, filename.qw. This file came from the trajectory code.
Block 8 was the inner boundary condition. For this case it was set as perfectly insulated. This
was not what would happen in reality, however, it leads to a more conservative estimate. The
estimate is conservative because if the back wall is looked at, when it is perfectly insulated, the
41
![Page 42: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/42.jpg)
final temperature is higher than if heat was allowed to pass through it into the interior of the
SPEAR.
Blocks 9, 10, and 11 were not needed for this type of analysis and were therefore left out
of the input file.
There are a couple of things that were worthy of noting with the SODDIT program. First
is that if ablation is desired, the outer temperature cannot be dropped below the ablation
temperature. When this happens, the SODDIT code encounters an error and all data at and past
the point where ablation stops is corrupted. To fix this, the code needs to be run up to the time
step before the outer temperature drops below the ablation temperature, and then after that run
has been completed, create a new input file with the reinitialization criteria and start the run
again from the time step where the temperature dropped below the ablation temperature. There
was also a problem with high node to thickness density. When there are too many nodes in a
very small thickness, the data became unreliable. To prevent this one simply has to use a
number of nodes that is not excessive when compared to the thickness of the layer.
3.3 Validation of SODDIT:
To ensure that SODDIT was actually accurately modeling the material response to the heating
data, a validation was performed. By solving the basic heat equation taken from reference 3.4,
setting the boundary conditions to something SODDIT could handle, and comparing the solution
to the output from SODDIT, it was possible to confirm that SODDIT works well for heat
conduction.
42
![Page 43: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/43.jpg)
Equation 3.1
Equation 3.2
The boundary conditions were as follows: one end of the bar was held at a constant temperature,
the other end was considered to be perfectly insulated, and that at the initial time, the bar was at a
uniform constant temperature. The solution to this problem was found in reference 3.5.
Equation 3.3
Equation 3.4
Equation 3.5
For the test case the temperature at x=0 was held at 273.15 K and x=L was considered to be
perfectly insulated. The initial condition for the bar was set as f(x) = 0 K. This heat equation
problem with the specified boundary conditions was solved in Matlab. Then an input file was
created for SODDIT that had the same conditions, material properties, and thicknesses.
SODDIT was run and the results were graphed in Matlab. The results are shown in figure 3.1
and figure 3.2 below. The data was as expected. At the point x=0, the temperature is being held
at the 273.15K value for both time periods. As the one looks deeper into the thickness, the
43
![Page 44: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/44.jpg)
temperature drops so it is closer to that of the initial condition of the bar, T=0K. At t=0sec, the
entire bar was at T=0K, then at t=35 sec, the bar had begun to heat up. At t=75 sec the bar had
become progressively warmer. The SODDIT data points followed the expected trend and were
only off by only a small percentage. Given the SODDIT was built for ablation problems and was
many times more complex that the Matlab heat equation code, this is well within an acceptable
range.
0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 0.012 0.014 0.016 0.018 0.020
50
100
150
200
250
300
depth in meters
Tem
pera
ture
in K
elvi
n
depth vs. Temp for t=35 seconds
Heat EquationSoddit data points
Figure 3.1 Heat Equation and SODDIT Data for time equals 35 seconds
44
![Page 45: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/45.jpg)
0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 0.012 0.014 0.016 0.018 0.020
50
100
150
200
250
300
depth in meters
Tem
pera
ture
in K
elvi
ndepth vs. Temp for t=75 seconds
Heat EquationSoddit data points
Figure 3.2 Heat Equation and SODDIT Data for Time equals 75 seconds
3.4 Matlab SODDIT Interaction:
The major problem with the SODDIT program was that the input file needed to be
perfectly formatted for the code to run. The input file was very long and complicated to build,
and to do so for each iteration would be very time consuming. A solution to this was created by
one Gregory Heckler who created a SODDIT/Matlab interface program in Matlab. His program
used a system of functions to create an input file, run SODDIT, and output the data in a format
Matlab could use. The functions opened the heatflux.qw file that was outputted by the trajectory
code and created block 7, took inputs from other files for blocks 5 and 6, and then assigned the
remaining blocks a fixed set of parameters that was not varied. His code also allowed for a
sweep of various thicknesses for various heating points. A validation of his code was preformed
by creating an input files by hand and running SODDIT and then inputting the same material
properties, thicknesses, and heating file into his code and letting it run. The results were that the
45
![Page 46: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/46.jpg)
two matched up perfectly. This meant that the Heckler code did in fact properly input and run
the SODDIT code.
By no means was the Heckler code perfect. While it did give technically correct data, it
was formulated for a different problem. The problem that the Heckler code was built for had
only a single atmospheric reentry. Because of this the Heckler code looks for only a lower
boundary temperature over a range of thicknesses. When looking at runs for a single thickness,
it was noticed that for any thickness of ablative TPS greater than the actual amount ablated, the
amount ablated remained constant. For example, when the code was run for a heating file and a
thickness of 5 cm was used, 1 cm of TPS ablated away. When the same heating file was used
but thickness was 10 cm or 2 cm, the ablation remained at 1 cm. Given this data, and the fact
that the SPEAR mission had 3 different atmospheric reentries, the Heckler code was not
efficient.
Also, the Heckler code outputs were deemed to be too “busy” to be easily evaluated. So
a simpler output system was created. The file macd_soddit_run.m was created to allow for
easily readable data for each heating point. Furthermore, the Heckler Code input system was
modified to allow for easy changing of material properties, thickness, maximum times, heating
files, and which specific heating point it looked at. For the output files, macd_stuff1.m was the
file that plotted the material thickness vs. time and the temperature between each layer vs. time.
These plots displayed the necessary data to observe what thicknesses of TPS were required to
meet the criteria set for the SPEAR.
The macd_soddit_run.m system of files ran the SODDIT code for this project. The
macd_soddit_run.m file contains all the necessary inputs to control SODDIT. It is not a
function, it is a script. The purpose of the macd_soddit_run.m script is to make changing
46
![Page 47: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/47.jpg)
parameters for different SODDIT runs as easy as possible. The script is broken down into three
sections. The first section is the heating file section. Here the heating file is named, and
maximum run time is taken from the heating file, and the heating point that one wants to analyze
is assigned. The second section is the material section. In the material section the ablator,
insulator, and the SPEAR skin are defined. The macd_soddit_run.m is limited in the number of
materials that can be entered. Because of the way it was written, only three materials can be
used. For each material layer needs to have a material file assigned to it. This material file tells
SODDIT the density, heat of formation, specific heat, thermal conductivity, emitance,
absorption, and (if needed) heat of ablation for that material layer. The material is then assigned
a thickness, flagged as an ablator or non-ablator, and assigned a number of nodes. This data will
then be transferred to soddit_control.m. The third and final section simply turns ablation on or
off and calls soddit_control.m. This system of codes has been dubbed the MacDermott code.
Earlier it was mentioned that the Heckler code was “busy”. This was because of the
“sweep” and that the Heckler code looked at all ten heating points. (It should be noted that there
are ten heating points because that is how many point the aeroheating code looks at. That
number is arbitrary and completely at the discretion of the trajectory/aeroheating group.) The
sweep variable in the Heckler code allowed for multiple thicknesses to be plotted on the same
graph. This was confusing. To deal with this the macd_soddit_run.m system does not use the
sweep variable. It is set to zero and left at that. Since it was hard coded into the Heckler code, it
could not be removed entirely, and thus remains, but it is not used. Instead of looking at various
thicknesses, a single thickness is looked at graphically, and then the user is able to determine a
more appropriate thickness value to go to.
47
![Page 48: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/48.jpg)
The Heckler code also used 10 heating points on every plot, this made for very busy and not
easily readable plots. To fix this, the current system looks at a single point, heating point two,
instead. Heating point two is the first heating point after the stagnation point. It also has the
highest heating, and therefore the most ablation. Therefore any TPS layering that works for
heating point two will also work, and be conservative for all the heating points downstream. The
idea of looking at two or three heating points and finding thickness that would work for them
was considered. Instead of an initial uniform thickness across the entire lower surface, this
would have split the lower surface into two or three sections, each with a decreasing thickness.
This design was tossed back and forth between TPS and systems. Systems decided that it would
be too complicated to model and therefore the decision was made to have a uniform initial
thickness over the entire bottom surface instead of several sections of various thicknesses.
Another innovation of the MacDermott code is the single heating point plots. The file
macd_stuff1.m takes the last run of the SODDIT code and make a plot of the thickness history of
each material layer vs. time and the temperature between each material layer vs. time. This
allows the user to quickly see how much material has been ablated, when that ablation started,
when the code encountered an error, and if the inner wall has reached its maximum temperature
yet.
So, the MacDermott code, while it has the ability to look at several points, prefers to look at a
single point. It will allow the user to change the materials, thicknesses, nodes, ablation, heating
file, and max run time all from a single file. For each heating point looked at it will output a
separate plot with both thickness and temperature data. It will do this quickly and without
running multiple unnecessary runs for thickness that need not be used.
These modifications allow for a TPS iteration cycle to be easily implemented.
48
![Page 49: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/49.jpg)
3.5 TPS iteration cycle:
The iterative process for the TPS was a least a six step process. This means that for each
Design iteration, there were at least 6 runs of the TPS code. The process started with a run for
each planet with the heating files given for that iteration. The ablation for each planet is added to
together and then multiplied by a safety factor of 20%. Then the full ablative TPS, with the
safety factor added, is run for the Mars trajectory. The Mars ablation is subtracted from the
ablator thickness, and the Venus trajectory is run. The Venus ablation is subtracted from the
ablator thickness and the Earth trajectory is run. These three runs are done in series to make sure
that the thicknesses and safety factor indeed work for the heating files and that the maximum
wall temperature is not exceeded. The maximum wall temperature was set at 350 Kelvin due to
the requirement of some of the internal components that would cease to operate if exposed to
temperature higher than 350 Kelvin.
The first set of steps find the ablation for each planet and the maximum time the run can
encompass. To do this the initial ablative TPS thickness is set to a large number and the max
time is set to the maximum time the heating file runs. When the code is run for a heating file, by
looking at the plots, the user can find the amount of ablation for the run, and the time until the
code encounters an error. This data is then saved for each planet. For example, if for the Mars
heating file the user found that there was 1 cm of ablation and the code ran for 400 seconds
before encountering an error, then the user would save the 1 cm and the 400 seconds for later use
and then move onto the Venus heating file. Assuming they found 2 cm ablation for Venus and a
49
![Page 50: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/50.jpg)
run time of 360 seconds, and then 3 cm ablation and a run time of 610 seconds for the Earth
heating file. This would complete the first half of the iteration. The user would then know that
this iteration should use about 6 cm of ablation.
The safely factor of 20% was initially decided upon. Later in the iterations the safety
factor was bumped up to 50% because of some uncertainty that surfaced. Typically the code
only ran for the first 20-25% of the Earth heating file. Due to this uncertainty, and the desire not
to have the SPEAR burn up due to a lack of a sufficient safety factor, the 50% safety factor was
chosen.
The second half of the iteration validates the choices the user made. The user starts at
Mars with 9cm of ablator and an insulator of 1 cm with a max time of 400 seconds. The Mars
run says that 1 cm is ablated and so the final for Mars becomes 8 cm of ablator left and a wall
temperature of 206 Kelvin. The Venus initial conditions are 8cm of ablator and 1 cm of insulator
and a run of 360 seconds. The results are that 2 cm are ablated and so 6cm of ablator was left
and a wall temperature of 232 Kelvin. The final test is for earth with the initial conditions of 6
cm ablator and 1 cm of insulator and a 610 second run. During the earth run 3 cm is ablated,
leaving the final answer of 3 cm of TPS left and a wall temperature of 255 Kelvin. There is still
a safety factor for the ablator and the wall temperature is below the 350 Kelvin constraint and so
the user finishes the iteration and reports that there should b 9 cm of the ablator and 1 cm of the
insulator for that iteration. Below in table 3.3, the numbers from this sample iteration have been
listed. Please not this is a SAMPLE iteration only, not actual data from any part of this project.
Table 3.3 Sample TPS iteration table (NOT actual iteration)
Step Ablator Depth Insulator Depth ablation T skin
Mars 1 t1=5cm t2=1cm tabl=1cm T=222K
50
![Page 51: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/51.jpg)
Venus 1 t1=5cm t2=1cm tabl=2cm T=245K
Earth 1 t1=5cm t2=1cm tabl=3cm T=261K
First Half of
Iteration
t1=9cm N/A N/A N/A
Mars 2 t1=9cm t2=1cm tabl=1cm T=206K
Venus 2 t1=8cm t2=1cm tabl=2cm T=232K
Earth 2 t1=6cm t2=1cm tabl=3cm T=255K
End of
Iteration
taccepted=3cm t2=1cm N/A N/A
Had the Twall value been greater than the allowable value at any step, then the Insulator
thickness would have had to been increased. This would not have affected any of the steps
before the insulator increase because the only possible effect on temperature would have been a
decrease.
3.6 Material Selection:
The selection of the materials was a little difficult. The SHARP skin was already
determined by the structures analysis, however, the ablator and the insulation still needed to be
chosen. To do this, an analysis of the different materials was needed. The procedure was very
simple. Thickness of layer, initial conditions, and heating file were held constant, only the
material was changed.
51
![Page 52: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/52.jpg)
The ablator was looked at first. There were 5 candidates: SLA-561v, Avcoat 5026,
ESA-3560, MA-25S, and the Elastomeric Ablator. Data for ESA-3560, MA-25s and the
Elastomeric Ablator came from reference 3.3. Data for SLA-561v and Avcoat 5026 came from
reference 3.7. The information needed for each source was the density, heat of formation,
specific heat, thermal conductivity, emitance, absorption, and heat of ablation. This data was
formatted to fit the block 5 requirements of SODDIT. SLA-561v and Avcoat 5026 already were
in the correct format, having been used by a previous senior design group. The other three
ablators had to be formatted to fit the block 5 specifications. The block 5 format requires various
values of the specific heat, thermal conductivity, emitance, and absorption at different reference
temperatures. However, reference 3.3 did not always have the data in that nice format. Instead it
gave data at various temperature that did not always match. To fix this, the data was put into an
excel spread sheet. Once in excel the data was converted from English to metric units. Then the
data was plotted and a second order polynomial was fit to the data. That polynomial was then
used to get a reasonable approximation of the data from reference 3.3. The numbers from the
polynomial fit are the numbers that were used in the block 5 formatted material files.
The initial conditions for this test were as follows: a 61 second heating run through a Venus
trajectory with an ablator thickness of 5 cm at heating point 2. The time length was set at 61
seconds because that was the length of the only heating file available when the tests were started.
The thickness of 5 cm and heating point 2 were arbitrary and do not matter as long as they are
the same for every test. The first round of results can be see in table 3.4.
Table 3.4 Initial run for 5 ablators
Ablator Time of Run Ablation
SLA-561v 61 sec 0.5 cm
52
![Page 53: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/53.jpg)
Avcoat 5026 61 sec 0.6 cm
ESA-3560 61 sec 1.8 cm
MA-25S 37 sec 5 cm
Elastomeric Ablator 61 sec 0 cm
What these results said was that the MA-25s was the worst ablator. It did not last through
the entire test. The other four ablators did. A layer of MA-25S would have to be 15 times
thicker than a layer of SLA-561v to do the same job. Since the MA-25S’s density is not 1/15
that of the other ablators, it was summarily dismissed as a candidate for the SPEAR ablator.
The results also said that it took 3 or 4 times the thickness of ESA-3560 to do the job of
the Avcoat 5026 or the SLA-561v. Since the density of the ESA-3560 is on par with the
densities of Avcoat 5026 and SLA-561v it was also deemed to be inferior and was no longer in
consideration for the SPEAR ablator.
The Elastomeric Ablator looked to be the best; however, something did not seem right
with the results. The temperature of ablation that was inputted into the material files was 3330
Kelvin. This was entirely too hot. The activation temperature for oxidation was assumed to be
the temperature of ablation. This was a faulty assumption and renders any calculation with the
Elastomeric Ablator to be invalid. For this reason, and since there was no way to find an actual
temperature of ablation, the Elastomeric Ablator was rejected as a possible ablator for the
SPEAR.
53
![Page 54: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/54.jpg)
This narrowed the field down to two ablators. Avcoat 5026 ablated slightly more and has a
higher density, while SLA-561v had slightly better ablation and a lower density. The choice
based upon these two criteria would go to the SLA-561v, however, there was also the factor of
heat conduction to look at. To look at the heat conduction, the thickness had to be dropped so
that the temperature under the ablator could be seen. The thickness was dropped to 1 cm and the
SODDIT code was run again for those two ablators. The results are listed in table 3.5.
Table 3.5 Change in temperature under ablators
Ablator
SLA-561v 60K
Avcoat 5026 150K
For the same initial thickness, the SLA-561 had a smaller temperature change directly
beneath the ablator. This was done using the same Venus trajectory file, time of run, and heating
point, just a different intial thickness. Since Avcoat 5026 has a larger density, ablated slightly
more for the same heating, and had a greater thermal conduction for the same thickness, then it
was also rejected, and the SLA-561v was accepted as the best of the ablators that were looked at.
Below in Table 3.6 the various material properties of the ablators are listed.
Table 3.6 Material properties of the 5 ablators
Ablator Density
(Kg/m^3)
Temperature
of ablation (K)
Heat of
Ablation (J/Kg)
Average K
(W/K-m)
SLA-561v 480 588 5.41e7 2.13e-1
Avcoat 5026 528 752 2.38e7 2.42e-1
54
![Page 55: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/55.jpg)
ESA-3560 480 716 1.35e7 9.65e-1
MA-25S 400 783 0.32e7 0.87e-1
Elastomeric
Ablator
224 3330 0.88e7 0.54e-1
Looking at table 3.6 there are several things that can be observed. Those ablators with
the largest heat of ablation lasted the longest. What this means is that it took more energy to
cause them to ablate and therefore that energy was not able to penetrate into the lower layers of
the TPS. One would think that thermal conductivity would also be very important, but that was
not so. ESA-3560 has a largest thermal conductivity, and it performed poorly. However, MA-
25S has the lowest thermal conductivity and it also performed poorly. So when looking for an
ablator, it was determined that one should try to find the highest heat of ablation value possible
and balance that with the lowest density possible. Low thermal conductivity is also desirable.
The other material that needed to be looked at was the insulator. The choice was made to
go with a Carbon Carbon flake, more commonly referred to as the Carbon Foam. The Carbon
Foam was found in reference 3.6. It was recommended by the David W. Kuntz of Sandia
National Laboratories, the same Sandia that created the SODDIT code. It was designed as an
insulator and will not cause pressure problems due to out gassing. For these reasons it was
decided that the Carbon Foam would be used for the insulator.
3.7 Optimization Program:
55
![Page 56: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/56.jpg)
Due to the nature of the Aerospace industry, where mass is king, a way of optimizing the mass of
the TPS was needed. For any optimization problem, there needs to be an objective. In this case,
that objective was to minimize weight. To analyze the objective, there needs to be a
mathematical representation of that objective, called the objective function. The objective
function must describe the objective using variable that are relevant to the problem and that can
be controlled. These are called variable of interest. For the TPS, the variables of interest were
the thickness of the ablator and the thickness of the insulator. Since the weight is the objective,
the objective function would be the mass of the TPS expressed in terms of the thickness of the
ablator and the thickness of the insulator. This function was set as mass of the TPS is equal to
the summation of the density of the layer times the volume of the layer. The area over which the
ablator and the insulator are applied are to be applied are the same, and so they can be left out of
the equation. Therefore the objective function is:
Equation 3.6
The obvious answer would be that both the thicknesses should be zero, and that would be the
optimum solution. This was unacceptable because of the constraints that the SPEAR skin cannot
go above 350 Kelvin and that there needs to be enough ablator for the entire run. Therefore the
two constraints were added to the problem. The MacDermott Code was modified to enable
macd_soddit_run.m to output the maximum time of the run, the maximum temperature of the
SPEAR skin, and the amount of ablation observed. This also required a modification of the
soddit_control.m file. These two files were renamed optim_macd_soddit_run.m and
optim_soddit_control.m respectively.
56
![Page 57: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/57.jpg)
Matlab has several optimization codes built into it. The function fmincon is the one that was
used. The function fmincon takes the objective function, aae450fun.m, and the constraints,
aae450con.m, and then uses sequential quadratic programming (SQP) to try and solve for a
minimum. The main reason that fmincon was used is that it can deal with non-linear constraints
by creating the constraint function aae450con.m.
There are 5 main files in the optimization code. Most of the files hav already been
mentioned. The following is a brief description of how they interact. aae450proj.m is the master
script file. It tells the other functions what heating file, maximum time, and heating point to use.
It also calls sets a starting point, sets up options for fmincon, sets boundaries, and calls fmincon.
aae450fun.m contains the objective function. That is all it does. aae450con.m finds the
constraints. It does this by calling optim_macd_soddit_run.m, which outputs the maximum time,
temperature, and ablation for that run. optim_macd_soddit_run.m reads a global variable set in
aae450proj.m for the heating point, heating file, and max time allotted for the run. The rest of
optim_macd_soddit_run.m works just like macd_soddit_run.m. It does call
optim_soddit_control.m. optim_soddit_control.m works just like soddit_control.m only there is
no plot and this is where the maximum time, temperature, and ablation for that run are found.
3.8 Iterations
Starting with iteration zero, there was no real understanding of what to expect. The
iteration started with very large initial ablator layers and these layers were adjusted to a more
appropriate size as data became available. The end result of iteration zero was that there was
57
![Page 58: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/58.jpg)
hardly any ablation used. Below, table 3.7, shows the various ablation amounts for each planet,
the safety factor use, the final ablator thickness, and the insulator thickness that was accepted.
Table 3.7 Iteration ablation and thickness data
Iteration Mars
Ablation
Venus
Ablation
Earth
Ablation
Safety
Factor
Ablator
Thickness
Insulator
Thickness
Zero 0.35 cm 0.50 cm 0.25 cm 20% 1.35 cm 1 cm
One 1.10 cm 0.40 cm 0.20 cm 20% 1.70 cm 1 cm
Two 0.30 cm 0.50 cm 0.30 cm 20% 2.00 cm 2 cm
Three N/A 0.35 cm N/A N/A N/A N/A
Four 0.70 cm 0.06 cm* 0.50 cm 20% 1.45 cm 0.25 cm
Five 0.25 cm 0.08 cm* 0.20 cm 50% 1.50 cm 1 cm
Six 0.25 cm 0.25 cm 0.20 cm N/A 1.50 cm 1 cm
* ablation was off by almost an order of magnitude, for iteration five was replaced by 0.55cm estimation
Iteration one and two ran very smoothly. The Mars ablation shot way up in iteration one. This
was due to major change in the trajectory that was run for mars. All in all the amount of ablator
didn’t change very much. From iteration zero to iteration one the ablator thickness changed by
25%. From iteration one to iteration two the ablator thickness only changed by 17%. The
insulator thickness was doubled to try and keep the Spear Skin temperature from changing. It
was then noted that any additional thickness past the amount needed to get he job done is just
extra weight added to the system. From that point on the goal was to use only as much insulation
as needed.
58
![Page 59: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/59.jpg)
Below in figure 3.3 one can see the TPS thickness vs. time for heating point two on the Venus
run for iteration 2 and in figure 3.4 can be seen. One major thing that should be noticed is that as
the heating did not really begin until about 75 seconds in the run. Then the surface of the ablator
did not reach the temperature of ablation for another 50 seconds. Ablation then took place for
about 250 seconds, at which point SODDIT encountered an error and so the run was stopped.
Looking at the two figures it is easy to see how the thick ablation layer affects the temperature
distribution. Only 0.5 cm of ablative TPS was used during the run. Due to the safety factor and
the fact that the SPEAR still had an Earth reentry to complete, it had considerably more TPS than
was necessary. This acted like an extra insulator. The bottom of the TPS barely got above 300
Kelvin and the bottom of the insulator was raised a mere 2 Kelvin. This was one of the major
factors in realizing that less insulation was needed on the SPEAR.
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 3500
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
Time (sec)
dept
h (c
m)
SLA-561V.m Ablation at heating point 2 for tabl = 0.017 and tinslator = 0.02
Original DepthAblation DepthCarbon Carbon FoamGraphite-Carbon skin
Figure 3.3 TPS depths vs. time
59
![Page 60: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/60.jpg)
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
Time (sec)
Tem
p (K
)
SLA-561V.m Temperature at heating point 2 for tabl = 0.017 and tinslator = 0.02
Outer LayerBetween Ablator and Carbon FoamBetween Carbon Foam and Composite skinInside wall of shipMax temp of inner wall
Figure 3.4 Temperature at depth vs. time
When it came to iteration three there was a complete disaster. Both the earth and the
mars analysis failed, and so no data was available from this run. The next two iterations were
baffling. Mars and Earth behaved as expected. Venus did not. All of a sudden, and for no
apparent reason, the ablation dropped off by 85%. Having ablation of only 0.35 cm seemed low,
but having an ablation of 6 mm seemed ludicrous. To see what was going on, a plot of heat flux
and ablation rate vs. time was made. The two plots can be seen as figure 3.5 and figure 3.6.
60
![Page 61: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/61.jpg)
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 4500
1
2
3
4
5x 10
-6 Venus Iteration 4 Ablation Rate and Heat Flux vs. Time
time (sec)
Abl
atio
n R
ate
(m/s
ec)
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450-2
0
2
4
6
8x 10
6
Hea
t Flu
x (W
/m2 )
Figure 3.5 rates for iteration 4
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 4000
1
2
3
4
5
6x 10
-6 Venus Iteration 5 Ablation Rate and Heat Flux vs. Time
time (sec)
Abl
atio
n R
ate
(m/s
ec)
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400-2
0
2
4
6
8
10x 10
6
Hea
t Flu
x (W
/m2 )
Figure 3.6 rates for iteration 5
From these two plots it was possible to see that the ablation rate and the heat flux actually
follow one another closely. The y labels are slightly off, but both start at zero at time zero, and
peak at relatively the same time. The question became, then why was the ablation so low. To try
61
![Page 62: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/62.jpg)
and find the answer, a plot of the heat flux at heating point two for various iterations was made.
This is shown in figure 3.7.
0 100 200 300 400 500 600-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
12x 10
5
time (sec)
Hea
t Flu
x (W
/m2 )
Heat Flux vs. time for various iterations
Iteration 2Iteration 3Iteration 4Iteration 5Iteration 6
Figure 3.7 Heat flux vs. time for iterations 2-6
What was learned from looking figure 3.7 was that the ablation rates were possibly correct.
Iteration 2 had the largest heat flux running all the way up to 12e5 W/m^2. Iteration 3 and 6 had
slightly lower levels. This also corresponds to their lower ablations, 0.35 cm and 0.25 cm
respectively. Iterations 4 and 5, had the lowest two heat flux magnitudes. They also had the
low, low ablation values that were thought to be faulty. Given the above 3 figures, the ablations
was more than likely correct. However, at the time, before above analysis had been done, the
small ablation number were seen as an error somewhere in the running of the code. To deal with
this, the largest historical value of Venus ablation was used to compensate for possible code
errors. As it turned out, there was no need for this, however it is better to be safe and have a
successful mission than to underestimate and fail.
62
![Page 63: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/63.jpg)
Iteration 6 was performed as a checking iteration. Instead of modifying the TPS based on
the heating files, the TPS was tested to see if it would work for the newer heating files. The
results were that the base line ablation tests worked. Since this was to be the last iteration
preformed then a restart was attempted on each of the three planetary trajectories.
Figure 3.8 Mars Temp History Iteration 6
Above, in figure 3.8 one can see the full temperature history for the iteration 6 run
through the Martian atmosphere and the subsequent exit into space. The blue line is the
temperature of the outer surface of the ablator. It rises sharply as the SPEAR enters the Martian
atmosphere and then holds once it reaches the ablation temperature for SLA-561v of 588 Kelvin.
When it dropped off sharply again, that is where the ablation stopped, SODDIT encountered and
error, the run had to be stopped, and then started again. After ablation stopped, the outermost
layer (top of the ablator) immediately started to cool. The temperature at the top of the insulator
(pink line) was raised for short time and then started to cool down. The Spear Skin (green line)
temperature continued to rise for quite some time, almost 1500 seconds (25 minutes). However
63
![Page 64: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/64.jpg)
the increase in temperature was only around 23% and the Spear Skin never came close to the 350
Kelvin constraint.
Figure 3.9 Venus Temp History Iteration 6
The same process was repeated for Venus. The data can be seen above in figure 3.9. The
Venus runs followed the same format as the Mars run. The Top of the ablator heated rapidly
when it came into contact with the Venusian atmosphere. It hit a plateau while ablating and then
it cooled rapidly once it has left the atmosphere. The top of the insulator did the same here as in
the Mars run, a little excess heating, but then it cooled rapidly as well. The SPEAR skin
temperature took much longer to reach the maximum temperature, which once again was 23% of
the initial temperature at the time of the reinitialization. It took 1000 seconds (20 minutes) for
the SPEAR skin temperature to reach its maximum value.
The very same process was tried on the Earth run. The results could not have been more
confusing. The Earth run terminated just like all the others had. The earthiter6_out.txt file had
the reinitialization table, just as expected. The heat flux after SODDIT encountered the error
64
![Page 65: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/65.jpg)
was negative, also as expected. However, it was not constant, like the other heating files had
been. It was also 3 orders of magnitude smaller than the Mars or Venus heat flux numbers had
been. For some reason, when those numbers were entered into SODDIT, in the exact same
manner as the numbers for Mars and Venus had been entered, SODDIT kept increasing the
temperature to above the ablation temperature and then encountering another error. The only
way that SODDIT could do this is to increase the temperature while being given a negative heat
flux. This means that energy was being taken out of the system, and yet the temperature of the
system was rising. Much like if someone where to take a hot steel bar, submerge it into cold
water and then the surface temperature of the steel began to rise. This item caused much
confusion, and there has not been a satisfactory answer proposed.
3.9 Results
When the project was started, the expectation was that the TPS system would be a large
portion of the mass and possibly be the prohibitive factor of the mission. The results from the 6
iterations that were run told a very different tale. According to the data, the TPS was a very thin
coating on the SPEAR. This was not what was expected at all. For a very reasonable, and
incredibly thin, thickness, the SLA-561v and the Carbon Foam were able to protect the SPEAR
from the heat of atmospheric entry. There are some caviots.
The data that was collected is only as good as the assumptions that are used to make it.
The SODDIT code was the only method used to analyze the TPS. Therefore any weakness of
SODDIT is a weakness of this analysis. SODDIT used one dimensional control volumes,
whereas engineering deals with a three dimensional world. There will be some error from this.
65
![Page 66: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/66.jpg)
SODDIT also relies on use defined inputs. The block 7 boundary condition are only as good as
the trajectory and aeroheating codes that made them. The Earth data was a constant thorn in the
side. Thinking logically about earth reentry, there should be a lot of TPS needed, however the
analysis does not show this. This has caused some misgivings about the accuracy of the Earth
reentry data. All in all, there is much room for error, but that does not make the data useless.
In general it could be said that it is possible to create a TPS system, using real and
available materials that would enable a spacecraft like the SPEAR to compete several aero-
gravity-assists. For any real progress to be made, a much more in-depth analysis of the
materials, trajectories, and heating files must be accomplished. However, assuming that the data
presented here reasonable, TPS is not the limiting factor for the SPEAR’s mission.
66
![Page 67: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/67.jpg)
67
![Page 68: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/68.jpg)
68
![Page 69: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/69.jpg)
69
![Page 70: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/70.jpg)
70
![Page 71: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/71.jpg)
References
[3.1] A User’s Manual for the Sandia One-Dimentional Direct and Inverse Thermal (SODDIT)
code, Provided by Professor Steven Schneider of Purdue University
[3.2] Updated SODDIT User’s Manual August 1994, Provided by Professor Steven Schneider
[3.3] Williams, S.D., Currey, Donald M., “Thermal Protection Materials, Thermophysical
Property Data,” NASA Reference Publication 1289, 1992
[3.4] Boyce, William E., and Richard C. DiPrima. Elementary Differential Equations and
Boundary Value Problems 7 th Edition . New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2001, pages 584-
589
[3.5] Haines, Charles W., Student Solutions Manual to accompany Lelmentayr Differential
Equations, 7e and Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Values Problems, 7e. New
York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2001, pages 223-224
[3.6] http://roger.ecn.purdue.edu/~aae450s/tps/insulation-under-ablators2.txt
[3.7] http://roger.ecn.purdue.edu/~aae450s/fall03/finalrpts/MAGAT/TPS/Materials/
71
![Page 72: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/72.jpg)
4 Structures – Lloyd Droppers
4.1 Introduction
This report covers the basic structure analysis methods and structural design result for the
SPEAR vehicle. The basic structural concept is laid out for the general dimensions, material,
construction type and mounting method. Load estimation and the structural effects of the load
are then evaluated using a finite element analysis program. The report then covers the methods
used in the iterations of the vehicle to minimized structural weight based on the specific load
cases and vehicle geometries. A Matlab code which estimates structural weight based upon a
variance from initial design geometry is then discussed. The various iterations in the design are
briefly discussed as far as their effect on structural weight. A Final Vehicle is then discussed as
far as the structure is concerned.
The structural analysis for this report and this project should be seen as an attempt to
approximate the structural mass of the entry vehicle. For this estimation it is not necessary to
have an in depth model for each individual component and mounting structure, rather a rough
shell model should provide the necessary fidelity for the purpose of weight evaluation. The
analysis method was kept simple in part to improve the turn around time on the design iteration.
Furthermore the design is not optimized structurally in any sort of methodical fashion, rather
attempts are made to adequately reduce the weight of the structure such that the weight estimates
are reasonable considering future weight reduction by structural refinement, and weight addition
to account for the unaccounted for loads in this analysis. With these prevision taken into account
the structural analysis of the entry wedge is presented below.
72
![Page 73: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/73.jpg)
4.2 Requirements:
The general requirements of the structures portion of the vehicle are to design the
structure and estimate the structural weight. To do this the methods handout lays out a
requirement to analyze the vehicle loads and use a simplified finite-element method to compute
structural weight. From the MSFC-HBDK-505 the buckling load required a factor of safety of
1.4, and the composite stress factor of safety was also 1.4 unless in a discontinuity area in which
case the factor of safety is required to be 2.0 or greater. (Ref 4-6)
4.3 Vehicle Concept:
The basic concept for the structure is based upon the geometries required for
aerodynamic and aeroheating performance, as well as the necessary internal volume required by
systems. The structure is a panel mounted monocoque honeycomb structure. The general design
is a flat sided wedge with the TPS mounted on the windward half of the wedge. The structure is
designed to be a cold structure with internal temperatures staying below 175 degrees Celsius.
There is a front bulkhead for the mounting of electronics, and a more detailed component layout
can be seen in the systems report.
The general dimensions which are open to iteration due to structural concerns are the tip
radius; the total wedge length and width; and the wedge half angle. These are all parameters
which could be changed due to structural concerns, however in the early design it appeared that
their effect on other aspects of the design were more dramatic than their results on the structure.
Due to this the structural design was concerned with giving a minimal weight vehicle within the
given dimensional constraints, and giving feedback about the structural weight implications of
such changes, in order to attempt to minimize structural and overall weight..
73
![Page 74: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/74.jpg)
The wedge structure is primarily a composite honeycomb, illustrated in Figure 4.1. The
face sheet will be made of a high-modulus graphite epoxy due to buckling rather than strength
being the limiting factor in the vehicle design, as will be shown in the analysis portion of the
report. The face sheet lay-up will be [0,+45,90]s which acts as a quasi-isotropic material
allowing simpler modeling, and the modulus properties are shown in Figure 4.2. (Ref. 4-1) The
honeycomb material is low density HRH 327, a glass reinforce polyimide honeycomb. The
honeycomb material has minimal structural implications at the fidelity of this design and was
chosen for its relatively good structural properties as well as it thermal insulation and probable
coefficient of thermal expansion match with the composite face sheet. (Ref 4-2)
Figure 4.1: Honeycomb sandwich Construction
74
![Page 75: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/75.jpg)
Figure 4.2: Extensional Modulus, [0i/+45j/90k] Family
For the purpose of this analysis the mounting of the components will not be considered,
and the components will be modeled as lump masses at the mounting points. Also neglected in
this design are the fitting and joints on the composites shell. In order to estimate the structural
mass a correction factor needs to be used. Two different methods are laid out in Spacecraft
Mission Analysis and Design (SMAD) and a masters project paper from Georgia Institute of
Technology (GIT). (Ref 4-3, 4-4) The SMAD version is used for spacecraft mostly satellites and
estimates a structural mass percent of 8-12% injected weight and 15-25% dry weight. SMAD
recommends 10% extra mass for fittings and fasteners with a 25% mass allowable for future
growth. The GIT versions is a weight correction based upon correction factor between actual
structural weight and a simplified shell analysis. The GIT paper recommends a weight increase
of 36.7% for propellant tanks and 90% for primary structure. For this analysis the GIT 90%
weight addition will be used and the structural weight percent will be baselined against the
SMAD numbers to verify reasonable numbers.
75
![Page 76: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/76.jpg)
4.4 Load Estimation and Boundary Conditions:
For loads estimation many different loads were initial considered, eventually only static
aerodynamic pressure and launch acceleration loads were taken into account. Shock loads from
parachute deployment; Thermal; and Random Vibration, both launch and aero acoustics loads
were considered but determined to be beyond the scope of this level of design and would need to
be evaluated if this concept is taken further. Various other loads such as orbital correction burns
were considered to be incidental and not analyzed.
The acceleration launch load is based primarily on the launch vehicle and trajectory.
When the proper acceleration value is given for the launch load, the loads are simply the mass of
each of the components at the component location times the acceleration. This was initially
modeled as pressure loads and nodal loads on the structure, Figure 4.3, in order to expedite the
turnaround time on the modeling the loading was changed to a pure gravity load with the
components added as non-structural lumped mass. The surface of the SPEAR was partitioned at
the locations of the components and that partition was given the component weight. The
component was panel mounted and the side of the mounting was iterated until a reasonably
symmetric load case was converged upon in order to minimize the total load. For the initial
76
Figure 4.3: Nodal gravity loads
![Page 77: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/77.jpg)
structural evaluation a 5 g vertical load will be used until more specific values from propulsion
can be used. The boundary conditions used were fixed constraints on the four aft vehicle
corners. This boundary condition simulates a possible arrangement of mounting the vehicle to
the payload fairing.
The aerodynamic static pressure load is based primarily on the aerodynamic drag and lift
value for a specific trajectory run. For the main body the load is analyzed as a pressure load on
the windward surface of SPEAR as given by aerodynamic for the maximum pressure throughout
the trajectories. The body is also put under an acceleration load with magnitude and direction
given by the MDO and trajectory as the worst case acceleration from aerodynamic deceleration.
A fixed boundary condition on the leeward surface is used to constrain the vehicle for the
pressure load, while such a boundary condition is not physically true it is necessary due to the
numerical nature of the FEA and infinite displacements seen if a boundary condition does not
exist. For the aerodynamic deceleration case the windward surface is given a pin constraint
meant to give a reasonable stress values at points not local to the boundary conditions. An
analytical investigation of the compressive stress in a flat plate decelerating under a uniform
pressure is given in the appendix as a boundary condition validation. While these two distinct
loading cases are not precise over the whole vehicle in their estimation of stresses, they should
give reasonable stress value for the whole vehicle under the aerodynamic deceleration loading
when analyzed as a system. The load was evaluated with a worst case full fuel load, and is
found to be a trivial load for buckling, but on the same order of magnitude for stress as the
gravity load for a 3.2 g deceleration given by earth MDO.
77
![Page 78: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/78.jpg)
4.5 Analysis Method:
The analysis was done with ABAQUS, a finite element method commercial software.
Pro/E was used as the modeler and using STEP files the geometries were transferred to
ABAQUS where the model was meshed and analyzed. ABAQUS was initially verified to work
for various loading condition, only a honeycomb beam analyzed for deflection, stress and
primary buckling mode will be shown for brevity. A quick run through of the ABAQUS
procedure will then be overviewed.
Before ABAQUS is used in the analysis of the SPEAR structure it was necessary to run
trial plates and compare the finite element analysis to analytical solution. For the analysis a
simply supported column was used with dimension shown in Figure 4.4. The critical buckling
pressure was determined in ABAQUS as 5771 lbs (Figure 4.5) using a test load of 1 lbs and
analytically evaluated using the following equations as 6072 lbs. This is a 5% difference in the
analytical and FEA which is reasonable for this analysis. The same column was also evaluated
for stress and deflection when a 4000 lb point load was applied on its tip. The stress analytical
was 3.69e5 psi compared to the 3.67e5 psi FEA (Figure 4.6), while the deflection analytical was
210 inches compared to 211 inches in the FEA. The comparisons show validation of the models
through comparison to simplified analytical solutions.
Figure 4.4: Test panel Geometry (ref 4-2)
78
![Page 79: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/79.jpg)
Figure 4.5: Plate Buckling
Figure 4.6:Plate Bending Stress, psi
79
![Page 80: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/80.jpg)
Once the model has been validated the actual vehicle geometries and loading needs to be
analyzed. The structure is modeled as a simplified shell in Pro/E with the vehicle geometries
then exported as a Step file (.stp). The Step file is imported into ABAQUS and the individual
shell components are assembled and material properties are applied as shown in Table 4.1, and
composite shell properties are applied to the vehicle. The individual component locations are
sketched onto the vehicle and a non-structural mass is applied to those specific sections of the
shell. An image of the mass locations can be seen in Figure 4.7. The individual Component x, y,
and z locations are given by systems and numerical values for each equipment cg can be seen for
the last 2 iterations on in the systems section. Discussion with systems gave each component’s
geometry and appropriate reference shape which is applied at the same location on one side of
the structural modal as it is in the systems model. The side for the components is then varied
during the structural analysis and each component side is determined to reduce structural weight.
Once all the masses are correctly positioned the loading and boundary conditions are applied and
the structure is meshed. The model is then solved for the loads and boundary conditions
discussed in the load estimation and boundary condition section of this report. The results are
viewed, primarily the deflections for buckling and von Mises stress for static loads. Of
important note is that the deflections seen in the buckling analysis are not true deflections, rather
they are normalized deflections as the buckling analysis is an eigenvalue analysis which finds the
mathematical critical buckling load.
Table 4.1: Material Properties (reference 4-1,4-2)
Material Density (kg/m3) Elastic Modulus (Pa) Poisson’s Ratio Yield Stress (Pa)
High Modulus Graphite 1520 5.55e10 .29 2.898e8HRH 327 Honeycomb 72.65 4e8 .32 -
80
![Page 81: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/81.jpg)
Figure 4.7: Iteration 0 lumped mass locations
In order to give an understanding of the structural portion of the iterative design an
example of the first vehicle iteration is given. The vehicle geometries have been given in the
systems section; the structural variables of importance for the first iteration are 0.03 m nose
height, 0.8 m length to bulkhead, 2 m length, 1.6 m width, and 10 degree half angle. These are
input into ABAQUS using the previously laid out method with a 0.0065 m honeycomb thickness
and a 0.0008 m composite thickness, the thinnest possible composite for the lay up geometry
used. (ref 4.1) The boundary conditions for g loading is fixed deflections at the bottom corners,
and the load is a 5 g vertical load, Figure 4.3 shows a vector illustration of the loading. For
pressure loading the load used was a nominal 5 g deceleration for a vector normal to the bottom
plate, and an equivalent pressure load on the bottom plate. These nominal values were used in
lieu of actual number from aerodynamics and trajectory, which were not received until later in
the semester. The images from the buckling analysis of acceleration loading and the static
analysis of the launch and pressure loading are shown in Figure 4.8.
81
![Page 82: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/82.jpg)
Figure 4.8: Left to right: pressure stress (MPa), launch stress (MPa), buckling deflection launch
Since the factor for safety is 7.43 for the stress from the g load, and 3.2 for the pressure
load, and 1.50 for the buckling launch load; the launch buckling is the critical factor with the 1.5
versus the 1.4 factor of safety needed according to MSFC-HBDK-505. Since the buckling
factor was too high the honeycomb thickness was decreased until the proper FOS is met. If
stress was the driving factor the thickness of the faceplate could be increased if it was an axial
loading or the honeycomb thickness could be increase if it was a bending load. It is desirable to
only increase the honeycomb thickness due to its much lower density than the composite
faceplate. Since the factor of safety are meet, though slightly exceeded with this design, the
weight of the structure is modified by the factor of 90% discussed earlier and the new
dimensions are given to systems for evaluation in the next iteration.
One further analysis was that of the rear flap, assuming the flap acts in the worst case as a
simple flat plate, rather than an articulated flap. The rear flap can be considered to be a clamped
cantilever beam under pressure loading from aerodynamic considerations, and a opposite
acceleration load from the TPS mass and structural mass. A simple matlab code was written, and
put in the appendix, to solve the for the beam bending equations given below where tf is the face
82
![Page 83: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/83.jpg)
thickness; h is the honeycomb height; w is the plate width; P is the force per unit length; l is the
total length; M is the moment; and f is the stress in the faceplate. The loading was determined
to be worst case if only the pressure load was considered, and a pressure of 5000 Pa was given
by aerodynamics.
(ref 4-2)
For the plate geometries given by systems, specifically a length of .55 m, an FOS of 1.4 was
found for the minimum weight when the tf=.0008 m, and h=.0038.
4.6 Matlab:
In order to evaluated the weight of SPEAR in different configurations a MATLAB code
was written. The code takes the various geometric parameters and estimated structural weight, in
this fashion allowing reasonable weight estimation at the beginning of an iteration. The code
was tested for weight estimation against Pro/E and a 3D model of SPEAR and is within 1% of
the Pro/E weight, the slight difference coming from the corner geometries. In addition to
estimating the weight of a specific geometry the code was also used to create carpet plots of
weight vs. geometry to help visualize structural trends. The weight estimation was based solely
upon the surface area of SPEAR which is reasonable due to the use of the minimum thickness
graphite composite face plate and varying the honeycomb thickness. The code is fed the
thickness of the faceplate and the honeycomb, the density of the faceplate and the honeycomb,
and the vehicle geometry. From these inputs it can calculate a structural weight and can estimate
the weight of a vehicle of different size assuming similar faceplate and honeycomb thickness.
Due to this the weight estimation remains reasonable until the faceplate thickness needs to be
modified due to high stress, because the honeycomb thickness can be modified to improve the
83
![Page 84: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/84.jpg)
structure with minimal weight impacts. Figure 4.9 is a carpet plot for estimated structural mass
given a length and width. The black lines are line or equal area, in other words, how for the
same aerodynamic surface area the structural weight increases dependent on the specific length
and width. These line indicate that structurally it is more efficient to have a vehicle roughly
twice as wide as long. This is very much in conflict with aerodynamic which indicates that a
longer skinnier vehicle is preferred. As can be seen in the rest of the paper aerodynamics is the
bigger driver in this vehicle and the vehicle is long and slender in opposition to what would be
structurally preferred. The code for these calculations as well as a version using length and angle
instead of width can be seen in the appendix.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 80
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Length (m)
prec
orre
ctio
n st
ruct
ure
mas
s (k
g)
W=1 (m)W=1.75 (m)W=2.5 (m)W=3.25 (m)W=4 (m)IsoArea line
Figure 4.9: Spear length and width vs. Mass
4.7 Alternative Designs:
84
![Page 85: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/85.jpg)
This report covered the method of evaluating a monocoque composite honeycomb
structure for buckling and stress in a static pressure and launch gravity load environment.
Initially various other structures were considered in including a blade stiffened skin structure and
a skin stringer structure. Also considered were other materials such as titanium for the faceplates
and as primary structure; and aluminum as the primary structure, faceplates, or as the
honeycomb. While the evaluation of the materials led to a composite vehicle as the lightweight
option, other constructions types are brought up as backup in case the current structure proves
insufficient. Of interest in the late portions of the analysis is the possibility that aluminum or
titanium availability in thicknesses thinner than the composites used might be able to yield
lighter overall vehicle weight. Future work on similar projects should take minimum thickness
availability of material into consideration when converging on a design. Even with possibility of
lighter solutions with a more in depth design, the vehicle structural weight percentage appears to
be in the ball park of historical spacecraft values, as will be shown later in the structures report.
Iterations
Various iterations were done on the vehicle, and each of these was evaluated for
structural weight. A table of the structural weight, vehicle geometries, and structural weight
percentages for each of these vehicles is given below in Table 4.2. During the iterations three
main factors were found to be of importance, minimizing overall vehicle volume, moving
component mass as far aft as possible, and minimizing component weight. These factors are
mostly intuitive, and the analysis supports the intuitive guesses as to the maximizing of structural
performance. Minimizing vehicle volume leads to less mass due to less volume to support
structural, and thus less structure. Moving components as far aft as possible is helpful because of
the increased buckling load which is due to the effective minimization of plate length that is
85
![Page 86: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/86.jpg)
loaded. Minimizing component weight is useful because of the acceleration loading, less mass
equals less force which leads to lower structural mass.
Table 4.2: Structural Weight per iterationIteration mass
(kg)angle
(degree)length
(m)width (m)
Structural mass (kg)
Structural mass
% injected
Structural mass % dry
0 357 20 2.4 1.6 51.3 0.14 0.16
1 527 5 5.9 1.6 112.1 0.21 0.24
2 536 8 4.2 1.6 73.3 0.14 0.15
3 285 5 3.5 1.2 37.9 0.13 0.15
4 232 5 3.3 1.2 36.0 0.16 0.17
5 286 4 4.0 1.2 44.0 0.15 0.17
6 399 4 4.1 1.3 45.4 0.11 0.13
7 365 4 4.1 1.3 44.3 0.12 0.14
For the above table the length and width giver are for that of the whole vehicle rather
than the structure particularly. As can be seen on the table the structural mass percentages were
slightly high versus the historical percent injected (.8-.12) and slightly low vs. the historical
percent dry (.15-.25). One iteration of note is iteration 5, which was not given a full structural
analysis due to a rapid change to iteration 6. Therefore the weights for iteration 5 are to be
viewed as suspect and included solely for completeness of data. The worst case for structural
efficiency occurs for very large relatively empty spacecraft. In the case that a large space craft is
to be used it may be necessary to some sort internal framework or modifying thickness across the
vehicle. As the final iteration is a relatively small vehicle these measures were not necessary.
86
![Page 87: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/87.jpg)
4.8 Final Vehicle:
The final vehicle iteration that was run was iteration 7. The vehicle structural variables
of concern are length of 3.025 m, width of 1.2 m, front height of .03 m, and a bulkhead offset of
1.6m. From the systems cg analysis the vehicle components were all panel mounted in their
appropriate cg positions, as can be seen in Figure 4.10. The minimum stress and buckling
occurred with all the vehicle components mounted on the top with the exception of the two
parachutes, and the TPS mounted on the bottom, the UHTC nose mounted on the front, and the
gyros mounted on the central bulkhead. During the stress analysis the graphite epoxy faceplate
thickness was able to be the minimum manufacturability thickness of .8 mm, and the honeycomb
thickness was found to be 1.3 mm thick. The honeycomb thickness would probably be increased
due to stiffness requirements for vibration stiffness requirements; however this is beyond the
scope of this design.
Figure 4.10: Iteration 7 partitioned skin
87
![Page 88: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/88.jpg)
The vehicle was analyzed for the full set of conditions given in the analysis method
portion of this text. The worst case load was the buckling load with a factor of safety of 1.407,
which was found from the eigenvalue returned by the eigenanalysis, Figure 4.12, at the 5 g
launch acceleration load. The stress from that load was found to be 6.4e7 Pa, Figure 4.13, which
is a factor of safety of 4.53. Since the stress is on a discontinuity the FOS is compared to the
minimum FOS allowable of 2. The stress for the aerodynamic deceleration of 3.2 g at 48
degrees is shown in Figure 4.11 as 7.8e7 Pa for a factor of safety of 3.72, which is to be
compared to the minimum factor of safety allowable of 1.4 from MSFC-HBDK-505. From these
values it can be seen that buckling is the driving factor in this vehicle by a factor of roughly 2.
While localized stresses at component interfaces will have to be investigated in a more detailed
design, the current vehicle is solely buckling dominated.
Figure 4.11: Aerodynamic deceleration load, Pa
88
![Page 89: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/89.jpg)
Figure 4.12: Launch Acceleration buckling
Figure 4.13: Launch acceleration stress, Pa
89
![Page 90: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/90.jpg)
The total structural mass was found to be 44.3 kg for the final iteration. This is a dry
structural mass percent of 12%, and an dry structural mass percent of 14%. These values are
within a reasonable range given previous spacecraft percentage from SSAM.
4.9 Structure Conclusion:
The method of structural analysis on the SPEAR vehicle has been discussed. The various
loading cases were determined and launch and aerodynamic pressure are the two loads used as
the baseline to analyze the vehicle. A honeycomb composite structure has been chosen as the
primary structure and the secondary structure will be taken into account using empirical factors.
The ABAQUS FEA has been validated for both buckling and static loads and multiple iterations
have been run. Currently the vehicle structural analysis methods are sufficiently progressed to
have iterations with reasonable structural weight and geometry estimations of the structure. A
vehicle structural mass of 46.3 kg was estimated with 13% structural mass for a 1.3 m wide, 4 m
long vehicle. These values were then fed to systems for integration with the vehicle for a final
vehicle run.
90
![Page 91: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/91.jpg)
Reference
[4-1] “Carpet Plots – High Modulus Graphite/Epoxy”, H. Kim; AAE 352 Handout
[4-2] “The basics on bonded sandwich construction”, HEXCEL, TSB124
[4-3] Space Missions Analysis and Design, James R. Wertz and Wiley J. Larson; 1999
[4-4] “Analytical Structural Weight Estimation of Conceptual Launch Vehicle Fuselage
Components with the Georgia Tech Structural Tool for Rapid Estimation of Shell Sizes (GT-
STRESS)”,Virgil L. Hutchinson, Jr; 2004
http://pweb.ae.gatech.edu/labs/ssdl/Papers/Masters/Hutchinson_8900_GT- STRESS.pdf
[4-5] Spacecraft Structures and Mechanisms from Concept to Launch, T. Sarafin; 1995
[4-6] MSFC-HDBK-505 (Rev. A), “Structural Strength Program Requirements.” Jan. 1981
91
![Page 92: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/92.jpg)
5 Propulsion – Tom Jennings
92
![Page 93: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/93.jpg)
6. Mars Trajectory – Mike Grant
6.1 Introduction
Gravitational assists have been widely used in interplanetary missions. When a
spacecraft travels near a planet, moon, or other body, the gravitational force influences the
interplanetary trajectory of the spacecraft. The magnitude by which the planet influences the
interplanetary trajectory is governed by the mass of the planet, the lowest altitude that can be
flown during the planetary pass, and the approach conditions to the planet. Consequently, these
assists have the capability of changing the shape and orientation of heliocentric orbits, thus
providing an increased capability for interplanetary trajectory design.
A planetary pass influences the interplanetary trajectory by providing a change in
direction of the trajectory and a change in energy of the heliocentric orbit. However, the turning
of the spacecraft provided by the planet is constrained when using gravity alone. In order to
provide an increase in turning capability around the planet, the vehicle may be permitted to fly
though the atmosphere of the planet. The aerodynamic lift, when directed towards the planet,
would augment the turning force around the planet. The utilization of gravity and aerodynamic
forces is appropriately referred to as an aero-gravity-assist and is studied in this report.
6.2 Background
Dr. Longuski, along with several graduate students at Purdue University, is investigating
the feasibility of performing an aero-gravity-assist around Mars and Venus to improve
interplanetary trajectory design. In order to effectively design the interplanetary trajectory,
simplifying assumptions were used by Tracy Smith, graduate student at Purdue University, for
93
![Page 94: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/94.jpg)
the atmospheric flight of both planets. The details of Tracy’s analysis may be found in the
preliminary report, Ref. 6-1. The focus of the senior design class was to design a vehicle and
perform a more detailed, although preliminary, analysis of the atmospheric flight. This section
focuses on the Mars trajectory only and the design of the trajectory.
Only the nominal mission is considered in this report. Hence, the dispersed effects of the
Martian atmosphere and potential error in the delivery state to the planet are neglected. Thus, the
controller is not required to fly out any dispersed scenarios from the nominal. Since only the
nominal mission was considered, an open-loop, time scheduled controller was sufficient to guide
the vehicle through the atmosphere of the planet.
6.3 Fortran Simulation Overview
The trajectory simulation subroutines for a blunt flat plate were obtained from the AAE
450 course website (Ref 6-2). The subroutines had been modified to simulate the designed
wedge-like vehicle. The trajectory code and corresponding subroutines numerically integrates
the equations of motion (for a rotating spherical planet) from Vinh (Ref 6-3). Various
subroutines were used to calculate flight parameters including aerodynamic forces, trim stability,
and aeroheating. Modifications were made to convert the code to a hyperbolic trajectory near
Mars. The atmospheric file was modified to include the density, temperature, and specific heat
of the Martian atmosphere. The data for Mars was obtained from marsatmo.f (Ref 6-2). The
trajectory code converts the inertial inputs into a rotating spherical coordinate system before the
trajectory is numerically propagated. This conversion is performed as discussed in the Methods
handout (Ref 6-4).
94
![Page 95: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/95.jpg)
The initial and desired exit state (provided by Tracy Smith of Purdue University) of the
vehicle was known and the time in which the vehicle enters the atmosphere was also known (by
propagating the vehicle from the initial state to atmospheric entry defined at 100 km). This time
was then used to determine when the controller should be activated in order to prevent the
vehicle from performing unnecessary attitude adjustments in space. However, the time in which
the vehicle exits the atmosphere is not known since it is coupled with the trajectory. Hence, the
time in which to turn off the open-loop controller must be sufficiently high such that the vehicle
is out of the atmosphere. For this analysis, the trajectory was assumed to be entirely contained in
the equatorial plane. Thus, the initial heading, latitude, and longitude were all set to zero.
6.4 The Trade Space
The trade space is defined as the set of independent variables that may be arbitrarily
modified in search of an optimal solution. The goal of the trajectory design was to provide a
controller (in combination with the proper initial flight path angle) that accurately guided the
vehicle to the desired exit state. The trajectory of the vehicle can only be governed by the initial
flight path angle, bank angle, angle of attack, and propulsive maneuvers. All of these parameters
may be varied in order to obtain an optimal controller. Propulsive maneuvers during the
atmospheric flight are not desired and are only to be used as a last resort. In order to efficiently
perform the turn, the bank angle was constrained to 180o to force the lift vector to be directed
towards the planet at all times. Originally, the bank angle was allowed to vary between 0 o and
180o but quickly proved to be inefficient when attempting to complete the turn around the planet.
Hence, the trade space may be reduced to only contain the initial flight path angle and angle of
attack profile. The amount of propellant necessary to change the initial flight path angle (less
95
![Page 96: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/96.jpg)
than 0.5o) was assumed to be accounted for in the ΔV margin allocated by propulsion for
atmospheric flight.
A desirable angle of attack profile would be a continuous function with respect to time.
Any continuous function consists of an infinite number of points. However, the angle of attack
profile must be defined by a reasonable, finite amount of points. The angle of attack profile is
defined by fifteen points that are equally time-spaced throughout the time in which controller is
active. The angle of attack profile is then generated by performing a cubic spline interpolation
using these points. Thus, the profile may then be modified by adjusting the values of the fifteen
points. The cubic spline interpolation was preformed using Fortran subroutines obtained from
Dr. Schneider at Purdue University. An algorithm that would efficiently search the trade space
described above must be implemented. A random or parametric analysis of the trade space
would be computationally expensive and very time consuming. Hence, an artificial intelligence
routine was implemented to perform an efficient global search of the trade space.
6.5 The Genetic Algorithm – An Overview
In many applications, a globally optimal solution is desired. In most applications,
including aerospace engineering, the identification of a globally optimal solution is not trivial.
The genetic algorithm (GA) provides an efficient means to globally search the trade space for an
optimal solution. As the name of the artificial intelligence method implies, the genetic algorithm
utilizes evolutionary theory during its search for the optimal solution. The genetic algorithm is
initialized randomly throughout the trade space. Each set of solutions, denoted as a generation,
are then allowed to reproduce and create offspring that will form the next generation. The
mating and evolution is biased towards the more fit individuals of a population. Thus, the traits,
96
![Page 97: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/97.jpg)
or values of the trade space, of individuals with high fitnesses will have a greater chance of being
fused into the subsequent generation. The goal of the genetic algorithm is to terminate with an
individual with a high fitness that corresponds to the optimal solution. Figure 6.1 depicts the
flowchart associated with the GA. The genetic operations are explained in the following section.
For a well-developed introduction to genetic algorithms, refer to Ref 6-5.
Figure 6.1
6.6 Genetic Operations
6.6.1 Crossover
After the fitness of each individual in a generation is evaluated, the parents are selected.
This selection is performed randomly but with an increased chance of selection for fit
individuals. Elitism is a function of the selection process in which the fittest individual is
immediately inserted into the subsequent generation. Elitism was activated for each GA run
used in this report. After the selection of parents, several genetic operations are performed when
producing offspring. First, crossover is performed when the genes of two parents combine to
97
Initialize Population
Evaluate Fitness
Parent Selection
Create Next Generation: Crossover
Mutate Offspring
Convergence Criteria Met?
Increment Iteration Number
No
Yes
Record Fittest Solution
![Page 98: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/98.jpg)
form offspring (see Figure 6.2). The probability of crossover is dictated by the crossover
probability input by the user (80% for this study) and the crossover point is randomly selected
during each mating process. The goal of the genetic algorithm is to merge traits of fit parents to
produce offspring that is more fit than either parent. This will increase the speed of convergence
to the optimal solution.
Figure 6.2
6.6.2 Mutation
After the children have been produced from crossover, mutation is performed on the
genes of the children. The probability that a gene will be randomly mutated (within the
constraints of the trade space input to the GA by the user) is dictated by the mutation probability
input by the user. A mutation probability of 5% - 10% was used in this report. Refer to Figure
6.3 for a representation of mutation in which the last gene, or parameter of the trade space, is
mutated. Mutation improves the global searching capability of the genetic algorithm by testing
new solutions in the trade space. If mutation is eliminated from the process or the mutation
probability is set too low, then the genetic algorithm will have a tendency to evolve to local
optimal solutions. If the mutation probability is set too high, for example 100%, then the genetic
algorithm turns into a random searching tool. This hinders the genetic algorithm to perform an
intelligent global search of the trade space.
98
+ =Parent 1 Parent 2 Offspring
Crossover Point
![Page 99: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/99.jpg)
Figure 6.3
6.7 Advantages of the Genetic Algorithm
The genetic algorithm provides many advantages over traditional methods of
optimization. The genetic algorithm provides a relatively efficient method to search the global
trade space. Traditional methods, such as the gradient method, require much computational
power. The gradient method requires evaluation of the fitness of each solution that is in the
vicinity of the test solution, requiring many additional simulations to be performed. However,
the genetic algorithm does not require such additional evaluations. Due to the fact that the GA
does not require nearby information of solutions, the GA performs exceptionally well in a
discontinuous environment that is clearly present when performing trajectory simulations. Also,
the gradient method requires an initial guess that is sufficiently close to the optimal solution
since it is only capable of identifying local extrema. However, the GA, a global searching
routine, does not require a good initial guess. This is advantageous when the dimension of the
trade space becomes quite large. Instead, the GA thrives on the diversity of the random initial
guess, requiring no insight to the location of the optimal solution.
6.8 Application of the Genetic Algorithm to Martian Atmospheric Flight
The genetic algorithm was integrated with the Mars trajectory simulations. The genetic
algorithm performed an efficient global search of the initial flight path angle and angle of attack
trade space when attempting to minimize the error at the exit state. The resulting combination of
99
Mutation
![Page 100: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/100.jpg)
initial flight path angle and angle of attack profile will, in theory, guide the vehicle to the proper
exit state. A solution was identified by a given initial flight path angle and angle of attack
profile. The fitness, or optimality, of this solution was determined by comparing the desired exit
state with the resulting actual exit state. A small exit state error was desirable and corresponded
to a higher fitness value. This fitness was then used during the fitness-biased parent selection
process of the GA.
The Mars trajectory simulations were written in Fortran, whereas the genetic algorithm
was written in MatLab. The GA communicated to the trajectory simulation via formatted text
files that were read by the trajectory simulation. This allowed the GA to modify and influence
vehicle parameters, trajectory parameters, and control parameters during the optimization
process. The input text files are discussed below.
The file trajectory_parameters.txt contains many of the parameters associated with the
trajectory including the:
1.) Radius of Mars2.) Gravitational constant of Mars3.) Mars’ angular velocity of rotation4.) Acceleration at Mars’ surface5.) Initial entry radius6.) Desired exit radius7.) Initial inertial velocity8.) Desired inertial velocity9.) Initial flight path angle10.) Desired flight path angle
The file vehicle_parameters.txt contains many of the parameters associated with the
vehicle specifications including the:
1.) Length of the vehicle2.) Flap length3.) Width of the vehicle4.) Nose radius
100
![Page 101: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/101.jpg)
5.) Axial c.g. location6.) Vertical c.g. location7.) Mass of the vehicle8.) Isp of the engines
The file control_args.inc contains the parameters associated with the controller used to
guide the vehicle throughout the trajectory including the:
1.) Number of angle of attack points used to describe the angle of attack profile2.) Number of bank angle points used to describe the bank angle profile3.) Set of angle of attack points used to describe the angle of attack profile4.) Set of bank angle points used to describe the bank angle profile
In order to determine the fitness associated with a given set of parameters located in the
three files mentioned above, the trajectory simulation communicated back to the GA via the
output text files. The GA utilized the output.out file to determine the fitness of the test solution.
6.9 Fitness Evaluation
The optimality, or fitness, of each solution was determined by comparing the actual exit
state of a simulation to the desired exit state. The parameters evaluated at the exit state include
the flight path angle (γ), radius from the center of Mars, Mars inertial velocity, and turn angle.
The error in all four of these parameters was computed and the absolute value of each error was
summated. Since the genetic algorithm was searching for the maximum fitness, the error was
multiplied by negative one. Thus, the resulting fitnesses were negative with the optimal
(maximum) fitness, associated with no error at the exit state, residing at zero. In order to ensure
that each fitness parameter was weighted equally in the fitness evaluation, each parameter was
normalized based on the corresponding desired value. The flight path angle, altitude (which can
be converted to a radius value), and inertial velocity were all output from the trajectory
101
![Page 102: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/102.jpg)
simulation into the output.out file. The simulation terminated when the actual radius value was
greater than or equal to the desired radius value. Thus, the error in the radius term of the fitness
was usually small, and the overshoot in radius resulted from the finite (one second) time step
used in the simulation. The radius, flight path angle, and velocity error was immediately
computed in MatLab after loading the output.out file. Obtaining the turn angle error was not
trivial since only the longitude contained in the output.out file can be related to the turn angle.
The relationship between the change in longitude and desired turn angle specified by Tracy’s
hyperbolic incoming and outgoing velocity vectors is addressed in Appendix C.
Certain combinations of vehicle design, bank profile, and angle of attack profile resulted
in an undesirable trajectory. For example, if the vehicle had enough control authority, the initial
flight path angle and angle of attack profile may have resulted in the vehicle crashing into the
planet. When such undesirable results occur, a statement specifying the error was output from
the simulation into the output.out file. This would normally result in an error when the MatLab-
based GA attempted to load the file. Usage of the “catch” statement was utilized for these
scenarios. If MatLab erred when loading the file, then the GA assumed the trajectory was
unfavorable, as specified by some output message to the output.out file. Hence, the GA
immediately assigned a poor fitness value to the individual, resulting in a low probably for
selection during the parent formation process.
6.10 Fortran Trajectory Simulation Efficiency
Due to the complexity of an aero-gravity-assist trajectory, simulations must be performed
for each solution in order to determine the exit state for a given solution. From this, it was
important to optimize the speed of the genetic algorithm process. The genetic algorithm was
102
![Page 103: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/103.jpg)
governed in MatLab. Thus, the evolution of solutions was controlled in MatLab’s easy
programming environment. However, simulations were programmed in Fortran. The thousands
of simulations performed in one genetic algorithm analysis dominated most of the computing
power of the workstation. Thus, the efficiency of the Fortran simulations was increased.
Initially, parameters of the trade space were varied by the genetic algorithm and output to
a series text files that were previously explained. The resulting text files were then inserted into
the Fortran simulation via the “include” command. However, this required the simulation to be
recompiled for every trajectory run. This resulted in an execution speed of approximately one
simulation per second. The recompilation was very time consuming and was immediately
eliminated. Currently, these files are specifically created and formatted in MatLab and read into
the simulation, eliminating the need for recompilation of the simulation. This capability was
expanded to include input decks for the vehicle parameters and Martian constants. Thus, the
trajectory code does not need to be modified when the vehicle or trajectory parameters are
modified. Since the simulation is only compiled once before execution of the genetic algorithm,
the optimizer residing in the compiler was utilized. The Fortran compiler in the Unix
environment has the capability of aggressively optimizing the execution speed of the Fortran
code using the “-O5” option. This resulted in an execution speed of approximately three to four
simulations per second.
6.11 Critical Influences on Trajectory Performance
6.11.1 Shadowing
As the iteration process progressed, it was clear that the integrated L/D performance of
the trajectory must exceed the L/D performance (approximately a constant value of 3.0) assumed
103
![Page 104: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/104.jpg)
by Tracy Smith. The performance of a trajectory may be easily evaluated by determining the
exit state error. However, this error is connected with the L/D performance of the trajectory.
Thus, by increasing the L/D performance throughout the trajectory, the vehicle will have a
greater capability to accomplish the mission. The vehicle will be traveling at hypersonic
velocities throughout the entire atmospheric portion of flight. Hence, a Newtonian
approximation was used to determine the forces on the vehicle. In order to increase the L/D
performance of the vehicle at such high velocities, the vehicle must be oriented such that the
upper surface of the vehicle is shadowed from the flow. This result explicitly limited the
minimum angle of attack to be equal to the included angle of the wedge-like body. The L/D
performance also appeared to be critically influenced by the viscous drag interaction and nose
radius.
6.11.2 Nose Radius
In order to achieve high L/D performance at low angles of attack, the nose radius must be
reduced as much as possible. Many of the iterations were performed with a nose radius of 0.005
m. A maximum L/D of approximately 1.5 was achieved for any iteration with such a large nose
radius. After the dramatic effect of the nose radius on L/D performance became known, the nose
radius was immediately reduced to 0.001 m, the minimum value as specified by the Methods
handout (Ref 6-4). This improved the overall L/D performance of the trajectory. Thus, the
minimum nose radius that could be feasibly implemented into a vehicle should be used. The exit
state error for iteration 3 (in which the large nose radius of 0.005 was used) is displayed in Table
6.1. As can be seen, the poor L/D performance (see Figure 6.4) of the trajectory resulted in
significant error in the exit state. It should be noted that a negative error implies that the exit
104
![Page 105: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/105.jpg)
state value is less than the desired value. The corresponding altitude and angle of attack profile
may be seen in Figure 6.5 and Figure 6.6, respectively.
Table 6.1: Iteration 3 Results – Large Nose Radius
Fitness Parameter Error Desired ValueExit velocity error (m/s) -287.299 7344.2
Exit radius error (m) 45.2 3847246Exit flight path angle error (deg) 0.0249 23.940Change in longitude error (deg) -24.886 106.2969
100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500-1
-0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
Time [sec]
L/D
[non
dim
ensi
onal
]
L/D vs. Time
Figure 6.4
105
![Page 106: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/106.jpg)
100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 50030
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Time [sec]
Alti
tude
[km
]
Altitude vs. Time
Figure 6.5
100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 5004
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Time [sec]
Ang
le o
f Atta
ck (
) [de
g]
Angle of Attack vs. Time
Figure 6.6
106
![Page 107: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/107.jpg)
None of the iterations that were tested throughout the semester performed with an
acceptable L/D. Thus, certain iterations were modified until acceptable performance (L/D of
about 3) was found. These modifications have led to a greater understanding of how to improve
the L/D performance.
6.11.3 Viscous Drag Interaction and Final Iteration Results
Also, the viscous drag interaction is clearly present in the high Mach, low atmospheric
density trajectories at Mars. The viscous drag interaction appears to be detrimental to the L/D
performance of the vehicle. Thus, an effort must be made to minimize the impact of viscous
drag interaction which was neglected in the study performed by Tracy Smith. The effect of
viscous drag interaction is discussed in the aerodynamics section of this report. The viscous drag
interaction may be reduced by increasing the Reynolds number.
A reduction in altitude would result in an increase in freestream density and
consequently, Reynolds number. This method was the main driver for the iterations performing
throughout the semester. In order to fly at lower altitudes, the vehicle was shortened and packed
more tightly in an effort to increase the effective ballistic coefficient. This increase in effective
ballistic coefficient allowed the vehicle to fly at lower altitudes without losing too much velocity
when attempting to complete the turn.
The last iteration performed by the entire team corresponded to the best trajectory
performance of any full iteration. As can be seen from Figure 6.7, the L/D performance was
quite poor. Reasonable L/D performance that approached the L/D of 3 assumed by Tracy Smith
is only achieved towards the end of the trajectory. Note that the L/D profile contains many
107
![Page 108: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/108.jpg)
oscillations. These oscillations are directly connect to the angle of attack profile (refer to Figure
6.8). Due to the compact nature of the vehicle for this iteration, the angle of attack must be quite
high in order to arrest the gain in altitude resulting from traveling at hyperbolic velocities. The
rather large oscillations in angle of attack profile were a direct result of simulating a real
atmospheric trajectory. The angle of attack at the end of the trajectory is quite low, resulting in
an improved L/D performance for this portion of the trajectory. The improved L/D performance
at the end of the trajectory is also related to the altitude profile. As can be seen in Figure 6.9, the
altitude towards the final portion of the trajectory is lowest. This resulted in reduced viscous
interaction drag and, consequently, improved L/D performance. If such a low altitude was
maintained throughout the entire trajectory, the vehicle would have lost too much velocity.
100 200 300 400 500 600 700-1
-0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
Time [sec]
L/D
[non
dim
ensi
onal
]
L/D vs. Time
Figure 6.7
108
![Page 109: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/109.jpg)
100 200 300 400 500 600 7004
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
Time [sec]
Ang
le o
f Atta
ck (
) [de
g]
Angle of Attack vs. Time
Figure 6.8
100 200 300 400 500 600 70030
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Time [sec]
Alti
tude
[km
]
Altitude vs. Time
Figure 6.9
109
![Page 110: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/110.jpg)
Since the L/D performance did not meet that of Tracy Smith’s assumption, significant
error was expected to exist at the exit state. The error may be seen in Table 6.2. Due to the poor
performance of even the best iteration performed by the group as a whole, alternative means in
which to minimize the impact of viscous drag interaction that clearly dominated the L/D
performance were independently explored. The results from this independent study were
obtained at the end of the semester. Thus, no full iteration incorporating the results discussed in
the subsequent section could be performed by the team.
Table 6.2: Final Iteration Exit State Error
Fitness Parameter Error Desired ValueExit velocity error (m/s) -903.361 7344.2
Exit radius error (m) 2125 3847246Exit flight path angle error (deg) -0.3881 23.940Change in longitude error (deg) -1.259 106.2969
6.11.4 Minimizing the Effects of Viscous Drag Interaction
In order to further augment the ballistic coefficient, the mass of the vehicle was increased
from the original iteration 5 value of 285 kg to 1316 kg (comparable to Tracy Smith’s vehicle
mass). Figure 6.10 displays the L/D performance of the trajectory for iteration 6 with the
modified mass. The significant depression in L/D performance in the middle of the trajectory is
clearly caused by the large angle of attack (Figure 6.11) necessary to arrest the altitude increase
in the middle portion of the trajectory (Figure 6.12). Note that the angle of attack was not
allowed to be less than the included-angle of the vehicle in order to permit shadowing of the top
surface. The results of Iteration 5 with the modified mass are shown in Table 6.3. As can be
seen, the vehicle mainly completed the turn (small change in longitude error) but experienced a
deficit in exit velocity.
110
![Page 111: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/111.jpg)
Table 6.3: Iteration 5 Results – Modified Mass (1316 kg)
Fitness Parameter Error Desired ValueExit velocity error (m/s) -355.913 7344.2Exit radius error (m) 507 3847246Exit flight path angle error (deg) 0.0839 23.940Change in longitude error (deg) -2.648 106.2969
100 200 300 400 500 600 700-1
-0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
Time [sec]
L/D
[non
dim
ensi
onal
]
L/D vs. Time
Figure 6.10
111
![Page 112: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/112.jpg)
100 200 300 400 500 600 7004
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
Time [sec]
Ang
le o
f Atta
ck (
) [de
g]
Angle of Attack vs. Time
Figure 6.11
100 200 300 400 500 600 70010
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Time [sec]
Alti
tude
[km
]
Altitude vs. Time
Figure 6.12
112
![Page 113: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/113.jpg)
Alternatively, the vehicle length may be increased in order to increase the Reynolds
number. With a much longer length, the viscous drag interaction will be reduced, and the
vehicle will have improved L/D performance at high altitudes. This was clearly observed in the
following case in which the vehicle length was modified from a value of 3.524 m (iteration 6) to
a value of 10 m. As can be seen from Figure 6.13, the L/D performance of the trajectory is quite
higher than other iterations. At a time after the 300 second mark, there is a well defined
reduction in L/D for a short period of time. The reason for this reduction is quite clear when
relating the L/D performance to the angle of attack and altitude profiles shown in Figure 6.14
and Figure 6.15.
It is clear that the significant increase in angle of attack resulted in the reduction in L/D.
As depicted in Figure 6.15, the small angle of attack is not sufficient to arrest the altitude
increase resulting from traveling at such high velocities. Thus, the vehicle commanded a higher
angle of attack in order to return to the apparent desired altitude near 30 km. Hence, the
trajectory could be improved by minimizing these inefficient trajectory oscillations. The results
corresponding to the vehicle resembling iteration 6 with the changed length to 10 m can be seen
in Table 6.4. Note that the turn around Mars was completed (denoted by the small change in
longitude error) with a small velocity deficit at the exit state.
Table 6.4: Iteration 6 - Modified Length (10 m)
Fitness Parameter Error Desired ValueExit velocity error (m/s) -164.772 7344.2Exit radius error (m) 51.5 3847246Exit flight path angle error (deg) 0.0629 23.940Change in longitude error (deg) 0.04 106.2969
113
![Page 114: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/114.jpg)
100 200 300 400 500 600 700-1
-0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
Time [sec]
L/D
[non
dim
ensi
onal
]
L/D vs. Time
Figure 6.13
100 200 300 400 500 600 7005
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Time [sec]
Ang
le o
f Atta
ck (
) [de
g]
Angle of Attack vs. Time
Figure 6.14
114
![Page 115: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/115.jpg)
100 200 300 400 500 600 70020
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Time [sec]
Alti
tude
[km
]
Altitude vs. Time
Figure 6.15
Note that the lowest altitude for this trajectory is well above the highest point on Mars
(Olympus Mons is approximately 21 km above the mean surface of Mars).
The dynamics of this best solution was further analyzed. As can be seen from Figure
5.16, the vehicle was able to complete the change in longitude as desired from the aero-gravity-
assist. In order to ensure the vehicle did not experience any dramatic acceleration, the g-loading
of the vehicle (normalized to Earth’s surface acceleration of 9.81 m/s2) is displayed in Figure
6.17. The acceleration was computed by determining the velocity change experienced for each
time step (from the output.out file). It is clear that the vehicle does not experience significant
accelerations throughout the trajectory of Mars. Note that the negative g-loading values
correspond to a deceleration of the vehicle.
115
![Page 116: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/116.jpg)
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 9000
20
40
60
80
100
120
Time [sec]
Long
itude
() [
deg]
Longitude vs. Time
Figure 6.16
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900-1.2
-1
-0.8
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
0
0.2
Time [sec]
Acc
eler
atio
n (g
's) [
nond
imen
sion
al]
Acceleration vs. Time
Figure 6.17
116
![Page 117: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/117.jpg)
The efficiency of the physical trajectory is largely associated with the oscillations
experienced throughout the planetary pass. Thus, the capability of the vehicle to arrest the flight
path angle to low values throughout the trajectory is essential. Due to the low density of Mars,
the vehicle must have a great enough control authority to minimize the oscillatory trajectory. As
can be seen from Figure 6.18, the vehicle was capable of maintaining a low flight path angle
throughout the trajectory that remained fairly constant. Figure 6.19 depicts the inertial velocity
of the vehicle throughout the trajectory. Initially, the velocity is increasing and is expected since
the initial point resides outside of the atmosphere of Mars on a descending portion of the
hyperbolic trajectory. The velocity then decays throughout the atmospheric flight and
throughout the ascending portion of the new hyperbolic trajectory achieved from the aero-
gravity-assist.
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
Time [sec]
Flig
ht P
ath
Ang
le (
) [de
g]
Flight Path Angle vs. Time
Figure 6.18
117
![Page 118: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/118.jpg)
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 9007000
7500
8000
8500
9000
9500
Time [sec]
Iner
tial V
eloc
ity [m
/s]
Inertial Velocity vs. Time
Figure 6.19
6.12 Direction for Further Analysis
As shown, the concept of performing an aero-gravity-assist appears to be feasible, if
sufficient L/D is achieved. There is a clear and significant interdependency among vehicle mass,
lifting surface area, vehicle length, and angle of attack profile on trajectory performance. All of
these parameters impact the altitude of the trajectory, viscous drag interaction, and angle of
attack profile. Consequently, these parameters influence the L/D performance of the trajectory.
It would be advantageous to be able to implement all of these parameters into the GA for
optimization. However, a major modification must be made to the GA process in order to make
this full optimization possible. The stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the
aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be able to vary the
118
![Page 119: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/119.jpg)
dimensions of the lifting surface (and determine a corresponding stable c.g. location) in order to
determine an optimal effective ballistic coefficient and vehicle length that would minimize the
impact of viscous drag interaction. There is a clear competition of flying lower with a small
vehicle or flying higher with a longer vehicle. The optimal combination has not currently been
found. However, it is clear that both the ballistic coefficient and vehicle length, when explored
in more detail, could provide an L/D performance that is capable of performing the aero-gravity-
assist mission.
6.13 Execution of the GA and Analysis Scripts
The execution of the GA and analysis are performed in two separate environments. The
GA is executed on a Unix-based compute server. In order to execute the GA, the user must
follow a series of steps:
1.) Log into a Unix-based compute server (using PuTTY or other telnet program). Note: PuTTY can be downloaded for free (search Google)2.) Move to the directory containing the GA and trajectory subroutines3.) Ensure the vehicle parameters, initial conditions, and planetary constants are properly set in preprocessing.m4.) Ensure the GA parameters and trade space constraints are properly set in GA5.) Execute the GA by entering: genetic_algorithm
This will initiate the GA process that run from the main routine genetic_algorithm.m.
Any parameters associated with the GA are located in this code. Upon execution of
genetic_algorithm.m, the simulation is compiled along with the corresponding subroutines.
After the simulation is compiled, then genetic_algorithm.m executes preprocessing.m.
Preprocessing.m serves as the single location for all trajectory and vehicle parameters that are
not modified by the GA. The parameters in this file must be changed to match the vehicle that is
to be tested. After preprocessing.m performs the necessary computations from the given data, it
119
![Page 120: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/120.jpg)
creates the necessary text files that are read by the simulation. After these actions, the genetic
algorithm performs its optimization process. Genetic_algorithm.m calls fitness_func.m to
perform the simulations and evaluate the fitnesses. This allows genetic_algorithm.m to be
generic regardless of the application since the project specific tasks are performed in
fitness_func.m. Fitness_func.m controls the simulation execution and records the fitness values
based on the output generated from the simulation. In this function, the control text file
(control_args.inc) is modified in order to run the test solution.
After the genetic algorithm has completed, the optimal solution data is stored in
output_save_ga.out, output_save_ga.aer, output_save_ga.qw, and output_save_ga.tw for
analysis. The file output_save_ga.out contains the numerically integrated trajectory parameters.
The file output_save_ga.aer contains the aerodynamic performance data. The files
output_save_ga.qw and output_save_ga.tw contain the heating characteristics of the trajectory.
Also, the history of the genetic algorithm has been stored in ga_results.mat. Analyze_results.m
imports this data, along with the text files, in order to perform an analysis of the GA routine.
Data is output to the command screen of MatLab and various plots are generated. Due to the
limitations of most telnet programs, plots cannot be viewed from the telnet session. Thus,
analyze_results.m is executed from MatLab in a Windows setting with the working directory
coinciding with the directory in which the GA was executed.
120
![Page 121: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/121.jpg)
Reference
[6-1] Longuski and Smith. “Aerogravity Assist Trajectories for Mars-Venus Sample Return
Missions.” Purdue University.
[6-2] AAE 450 Course Website: “http://roger.ecn.purdue.edu/~aae450s/sps_prgm/”.
[6-3] Vinh, Busemann, and Culp. Hypersonic and Planetary Entry Flight Mechanics. University
of Michigan Press.
[6-4] Methods Handout. "Conversion Between Rotating and Inertial Coordinates
[6-5] Introduction to Genetic Algorithms: “http://cs.felk.cvut.cz/~
121
![Page 122: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/122.jpg)
7 Venus Trajectory – Greg Henning
In order to fly a successful aero-gravity assist mission, not only does one need the proper
vehicle, but one also needs a sophisticated trajectory. This trajectory must satisfy the desired
initial and final conditions while taking reasonable assumptions into account. The maneuvers
required for this trajectory must also be reasonable, so as to not defy the laws of physics. For our
mission, a computer simulation was used in an attempt to satisfy all these requirements. This
section will discuss all the methods and reasoning behind the trajectory we have chosen and the
control method implemented to achieve it. Figure 7.1 is a 2D, visual representation of the
desired AGA trajectory. The blue line indicates the path traveled by the vehicle around Venus.
-8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000
-6000
-4000
-2000
0
2000
4000
6000
2D Trajectory by Greg Henning
X (km)
Y (k
m)
Vehicle TrajectoryVenusEdge of Atmosphere
Figure 7.1
7.1 Initial and Final Conditions
The driving force behind the trajectory design for the aero-gravity assist mission was
determined by the initial and final conditions provided by Tracey Smith. Professor Longuski and
122
![Page 123: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/123.jpg)
his research group have provided the state conditions for the trajectory at the time that it
approached the planet and when it departed. These conditions are shown below in Table 7.1. R
is the orbit radius from the center of Venus, V is the inertial velocity in the planet-fixed frame,
and γ is the flight path angle.
Table 7.1
Venus Initial and Final conditionsR_initial [km] 6501.8 R_final [km] 6501.3
V_initial [km/s] 11.72935885 V_final [km/s] 11.22699679γ_initial [rad] -0.267802878 γ_final [rad] 0.260726461
V∞- [km/s] -2.5372107523x + 4.6309662682y - 3.1250119833z
V∞+ [km/s] -0.6142233463x + 2.6595382310y + 4.3204364298z
It is important to first check to see if these numbers are valid. The initial and final radii
should be greater than that of Venus’ surface. Venus has a radius of 6051.8 km, so it should be
noted that the vehicle is far above the surface, 450 km to be exact. Also, the atmospheric edge of
Venus occurs at about 400 km, so it should be noted that the vehicle starts in space. The initial
and final velocities should be greater than the escape velocity of Venus, so that the vehicle does
not get trapped in an elliptical orbit. The escape velocity can be calculated using equation , see
Reference [7.1].
123
![Page 124: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/124.jpg)
For Venus, the escape velocity is approximately 10.36 km/s, so it is clear that the vehicle would
continue on a hyperbolic orbit. The flight path angle indicates the direction of the velocity
vector with respect to the local horizon, which is the imaginary plane that is perpendicular to the
position vector of the vehicle that passes through the center of the planet. The flight path angle
initially should be a negative number, which suggests that the vehicle is approaching the planet,
which it is. The final flight path angle should be positive, indicating a departure from the planet,
which it is.
Figure 7.2 to the right is a simple picture of
what the initial and final conditions might look like. The
initial state at the top of the figure has a position (Ri),
velocity (Vi), and flight path angle (γi). All these
parameters are defined for the final state as well. The
change in longitude from the initial to the final state is
shown as Δθ, and is measured with respect to the
planet. For example, on Earth, starting in Indianapolis, IN
(Longitude ≈ 86º W) and flying to Honolulu, HI
(Longitude ≈ 154º W) is a longitude change of about 68º.
For our mission, the Δθ for the Venus AGA turns out to
be about 60º. Venus is very similar in size to Earth, so this gives a pretty good idea of how far
the vehicle is traveling through the atmosphere during the mission.
The V∞- and V∞
+ vectors are described in detail in appendix C. They indicate the velocity
of the vehicle at and infinite distance from the planet in the planet-fixed frame. This infinite
124
Figure 7.2
![Page 125: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/125.jpg)
distance can be thought of as a sufficient distance so that the gravitational pull of the planet has
negligible effect on the vehicle. These two vectors uniquely define the angle at which the
trajectory of the vehicle must be turned as it passes the planet. This is easily computed by
calculating the inner product of the vectors to determine the angle between them. These vectors
also indicate the amount of total energy gained or lost during the flyby mission. In a completely
orbital problem with no aerodynamic forces or engine burns, V∞- and V∞
+ should have the exact
same magnitude, as the gravity of the planet alone cannot change the orbital energy in the planet-
fixed frame (the energy changes in the heliocentric frame). Since the AGA mission flies the
vehicle through the atmosphere and exchanges energy with the air, it is expected that the
departure velocity V∞+ should be less than the approach velocity V∞
-. Indeed, the magnitudes of
V∞- and V∞
+ are 6.1359 km/s and 5.1104 km/s, respectively, which indicate a reduction in energy
as opposed to a gain or no change.
One other aspect of the V∞- and V∞
+ vectors is that they are not in the equatorial plane of
the planet because there is a nonzero coefficient in the z direction. This indicates a component of
velocity toward the poles of the planet. In order to simplify the simulations, this aspect of the
flight will be neglected and it will be assumed that the trajectory of vehicle will remain in the
equatorial plane of the planet. This should not effect the simulation in any way as it has already
been assumed that the planet is a uniform sphere, the atmosphere is uniform at all latitudes, and
we assume a non-rotating planet.
The method that Tracey Smith and her colleagues used to obtain these conditions
included many assumptions that ignored many of the details that we are concerned with in our
design. Reference [7.6] is a complete write-up of their methods. A few of their main
assumptions that differ from our methods are listed here:
125
![Page 126: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/126.jpg)
1. The spacecraft used had parameters based on the Hyper X vehicle. The mass of the
spacecraft was 3000 lbs. (1361 kg) and the lifting area of the spacecraft was assumed to be 60 ft2.
2. The trajectory was propagated based on the assumption that there was no lift during the
entry and exit portions of the atmospheric fly-through. Although drag was still accounted for
during these times. The cruise portion of the atmospheric fly-through began when the flight path
angle, , reached zero. The is constrained to remain at zero during the cruise portion of the
fly-through. The lift is “turned on” for this part of the fly-through.
3. The CL and CD values used are 0.0571 and 0.0156 respectively, which are assumed to
remain relatively constant throughout the flight.
4. No rarefied flow, shock waves or viscous drag are considered in this model and no wind
gusts are accounted for.
Clearly, the first assumption does not apply in our design, as we constantly changed the
values of mass, length, and width during the design process. Ideally, our design would be better
than the assumption of using the Hyper X, which was not designed for this mission. The second
assumption is a description of the trajectory propagated by Tracey. Figure 7.3 below is an
altitude vs. time plot of this trajectory. Section 1 of the flight is the descent portion, where the
lift has been “turned off” and only drag is accounted for. Section 2 is the portion of flight
corresponding to constant zero flight path angle. Section 3 of the flight is the ascent portion,
where the lift has again “turned off” and the vehicle is allowed to exit the atmosphere.
126
![Page 127: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/127.jpg)
Figure 7.3
The assumption that CL and CD are constant values suggests a constant L/D during flight,
which isn’t realistic. This assumption doesn’t apply to our problem since the computer code
constantly updates these values based on the gas properties of the atmosphere, the shape of the
vehicle, and the angle of attack at which the vehicle is flying. An L/D vs. time profile will be
seen later to make this very clear.
The assumption that no rarefied flow, shock waves, or viscous drag was considered is
perhaps the biggest assumption made by Professor Longuski’s students. According to the
aerodynamics and MDO reports, the viscous interaction drag is very important to consider at
high altitude flight. Without it, the achievable L/D range is much higher, and the CL and CD
seem reasonable, but including the viscous drag causes the L/D to be reduced, and the mission
becomes more difficult.
The initial and final conditions given to us were extracted directly from a simulation
using their model and the assumptions listed here, along with all the rest of the information in
Reference [7.6].
127
![Page 128: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/128.jpg)
7.2 Venus Properties
Nearly every facet of the trajectory design depended heavily on the unique properties of
Venus and its atmosphere. Venus properties which were taken into account in the trajectory of
this mission are shown below in Table 7.2; see References [7.2] and [7.3]. As far as the
geometric and mass properties of Venus go, Venus is very comparable in size and mass to the
Earth, so the gravitational parameter, μ, is very similar to that of Earth. Compared to Mars,
Venus’ gravitational parameter is nearly an order of magnitude larger. It is clear from the
gravity alone that the trajectory calculations about Mars and Venus are much different.
Table 7.2
Venus PropertiesRadius [km] 6051.800Gravitational Constant (μ) [N-m^2/kg] 3.2486E+14
Rotational Angular Velocity [rad/s] -2.9932E-07
Edge of Atmosphere [km] 400.000
The atmospheric edge of Venus was chosen to match as closely as possible the analysis done by
Tracey Smith. Initially, we only had data for the atmosphere up to 100 km, but the initial
conditions in the last section did not allow the vehicle to drop below 100 km, so the vehicle was
not controllable. Therefore, using a single data point at 400 km from Reference [7.6] and an
exponential interpolation between 100 and 400 km, the atmosphere was modeled all the way up
to 400 km. The exponential interpolation method is reasonable for the high altitudes. Since the
density is so low at high altitudes, small errors will not greatly affect the overall aerodynamic
forces calculated through a trajectory.
128
![Page 129: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/129.jpg)
Another large difference arises in the atmospheric properties of Venus. Figure 7.4 below shows
the density and temperature of Venus, Mars, and Earth at a range of altitudes, see Reference
[7.4]. It is clear that Venus has a much denser atmosphere than Mars and Earth, thus, the
aerodynamic forces on a vehicle will be much greater at similar altitudes. In order to reduce
heating and drag, the vehicle will probably have to be flown at much higher altitudes in Venus’
atmosphere than in the Martian atmosphere.
Figure 7.4
7.3 Trajectory Design
The equations of motion for the mission were integrated using computational methods
written in FORTRAN. This code accounts for the gravitational force describing the orbital
mechanics specified in Reference [7.1], and aerodynamic forces on the vehicle as it approaches,
passes through, and departs the atmosphere of Venus. The complete code can be found in the
appendixes. In order to get the vehicle from the initial conditions (Point A) to the final
129
![Page 130: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/130.jpg)
conditions (Point B), a controller needed to be designed for the vehicle. For the Venus mission,
the method selection has been an iterative process.
The initial control law was a simply block of if statements applied to maintain the vehicle
at a constant altitude or flight path angle in the atmosphere until a specified turn angle was
reached. It soon became clear that this method was not powerful enough to control such a
sensitive mission, so the next step taken was to implement a feedback control system that could
keep updated at each time step. The control scheme chosen was the PID controller. This method
worked well at what it was designed to do, which was guide the vehicle to a specified cruise
altitude and maintain that altitude until a specified turn angle was reached. The idea of
specifying a cruise altitude and maintaining it was never proven to be the most effective method
though, so it was eventually abandoned as well. It turned out that allowing the vehicle to glide
through the descent portion of the flight with the least amount of drag possible was the best
design. Then, when the flight path angle reached zero, the PID controller was turned on to keep
the flight path angle at zero (constant altitude). After a specified turn angle, the vehicle was
allowed to depart the atmosphere with the least amount of drag possible.
This new method mirrored the method used by Tracey Smith, and was much more
effective than previous methods. However, it appeared that the section of the flight where the
controller was implemented was still causing far too much drag. The controller was
commanding inefficient bank angles and angles of attack, which was causing the drag to
accumulate beyond what we were allowed. The final design of the trajectory simply removed
the PID control during the zero flight path angle section and replaced it with a constant AOA that
could maintain a relatively small flight path angle and reduced the drag to a minimum. Each
130
![Page 131: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/131.jpg)
method is discussed in detail in appendix D. Before each method is discussed though, a
discussion of the vehicle’s controllability is presented.
7.4 Vehicle Control
The method for controlling the trajectory of the vehicle depends on the angle of attack,
the bank angle, and the thrusting capabilities of our rocket. In an attempt to maximize the
efficiency of the mission, the ability to thrust has been largely ignored. It may be considered in
future work for correcting exit condition errors. The angle of attack of the vehicle will be
determined by the L/D ratio of the vehicle. In hypersonic flow theory, L/D is at its maximum for
a blunt flat plate when the angle of attack is near zero. L/D decreases as angle of attack
increases. The wedge shape of the vehicle acts like a blunt flat plate when the upper surface is
shadowed from the airflow. To reduce drag and protect the top side of the vehicle, this is exactly
what will be implemented in the trajectory. The angle of attack is constrained by the included
angle of the wedge. Since the top surface is going to be shadowed, the angle of attack has a
minimum allowed value where the top surface is just barely shadowed. This angle of attack is in
fact the same as the included angle. Figure 7.5 shows how this geometry works out, with angle
of attack = α, wedge included angle = ζ, and the free stream velocity = V∞. Since the maximum
L/D occurs at the minimum possible angle of attack, the vehicle should be flown at that angle of
attack whenever possible. It may be worthwhile to increase the AOA slightly in order to
increase the controllability of the vehicle. The other free parameter in the system is the bank
angle.
131
![Page 132: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/132.jpg)
Figure 7.5
Figure 7.6 below shows how the bank angle corresponds to the direction of the lift vector
on the vehicle. This is a head on view of the vehicle, where the thin rectangle at the top of the
vehicle represents the nose radius. The upper surface of the vehicle is always oriented in the
direction of the lift vector.
If the vehicle needs to be moved to a higher altitude, the lift vector should have a
component in the upward vertical direction. This means that the bank angle should be less than
90 degrees, and maximum upward lift will occur when the bank angle is zero. Similarly, the lift
132
V∞
α
ζ
L
L
L90 deg
180 deg
0 deg
Figure 7.6
![Page 133: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/133.jpg)
vector should have a component in the downward vertical direction when a descent is necessary.
This would correspond to a bank angle greater than 90 degrees, and a maximum downward lift
occurring when the bank angle is 180 degrees. If the bank angle is set to 90 degrees, the velocity
vector is pointing completely in the horizontal direction. This corresponds to no vertical lift on
the vehicle.
7.5 ΔV Analysis and Comparison
In order to analyze the “goodness” of a trajectory, or how closely the desired final
conditions are met, one must compare the simulated final conditions with the desired final
conditions. The simplest way to do that is to simply measure the percent error of each of the four
exit conditions (altitude, longitude, velocity, and flight path angle), and try to minimize that
error. Because of the way the simulation code is set up, the simulation can be stopped at a
specified altitude. Therefore, the correct altitude is always met at the final condition, as it
defines the final time step of the simulation. Also, the methods devised for controlling the
vehicle, which will be discussed shortly, allow the user to meet the turn angle (longitude change)
almost exactly by simply tweaking a few of the parameters in the control logic. Once the turn
angle is met, the only two parameters left to match are the velocity and flight path angle.
In space applications, one of the most important factors in interplanetary travel is the ΔV
required for trajectory corrections. Because of this, the “goodness” factor used in our analysis
was the ΔV required to transfer the vehicle from the simulation final state to the desired final
state. If the conditions were met exactly, ΔV would be zero. If the conditions were not met, ΔV
could be found using the cosine law, described by equation and Figure 7.7 below.
133
![Page 134: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/134.jpg)
Figure 7.7
It turns out that in orbital mechanics, the flight path angle and the velocity are very much
coupled. For a given vehicle trying to fly away from a planet, the higher the velocity it is exiting
at, the more quickly the flight path angle will increase. Conversely, if the vehicle is moving
slower, the gravitational pull of the planet has more affect on the trajectory and pulls the vehicle
closer, causing the flight path angle to decrease. In our mission, increasing the velocity of the
vehicle at the final state will increase the flight path angle, and vice versa. Since this is true, and
it has already been discussed that the altitude and turn angle can be met, the only major issue
involved in meeting the exit condition is trying to match the velocity at exit.
The ΔV concept can also be used to understand how worthwhile the AGA mission is
compared to a simply gravity assist mission. The initial and final conditions each describe
unique hyperbolic trajectories that pass near the planet Venus. Figure 7.8 below is a
representation of the approach and departure hyperbolas. The dotted line is an example of what
the AGA that connects the two hyperbolas might look like.
134
ΔVVf
Vγf
γ Local Horizon
![Page 135: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/135.jpg)
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 7050
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500Altitude vs. Longitude by Greg Henning
Longitude (deg)
Alti
tude
(km
)
ApproachDepartureAGA
Figure 7.8
In order to get from the approach orbit to the departure orbit, a maneuver of some sort
must be performed. Typically, this is done with an impulsive engine burn at the point where the
two trajectories intersect. Assuming no atmospheric forces are present, that is the only option.
Using the cosine law discussed earlier in equation , the ΔV needed to go from the approach
hyperbola to the departure hyperbola was calculated to be approximately 1.537 km/s. Referring
to equations , , and , and Figure 7.9 below, the ΔV vector has a component in the direction of the
local horizon and another component in the direction of the radius vector, directed from the
center of the planet. Since these two unit vector directions are orthogonal, the sine law can be
used to find how much of the ΔV corresponds to the change in velocity directed toward the
planet, and how much corresponds to the change in velocity along the direction of flight. Since
most of the drag is accumulated during the cruise portion of the flight where the flight path angle
is nearly zero, these two components are analogous to the total change in velocity due to lift and
drag. The ΔV in the “lift” and “drag” directions were found to be approximately ΔVL = 1500 m/s
135
![Page 136: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/136.jpg)
and ΔVD = 500 m/s, respectively. This suggests that achieving L/D ≈ 3 is necessary to complete
the mission.
Figure 7.9
7.6 Iteration Process
The trajectory simulation is a vital part of the design iteration process. When the vehicle
is flown through the trajectory, the heat flux and temperature on the body is calculated at a finite
number of points. The basic input/output relationship that the trajectory simulation has with the
rest of the design is as follows. Given a set of vehicle parameters including geometry, mass,
center of mass location, and aerodynamic capabilities, the simulation runs to completion. Using
the output data, the feasibility of the vehicle’s design in completing the desired mission can be
easily seen. Decisions can be made from there to change the geometry or mass properties to
136
Local Horizon
Vi
Vf
γi
ΔV
ΔVD
ΔVL
θ1θ2
γf
R
![Page 137: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/137.jpg)
achieve a more efficient flight. On top of that, new heat flux data can be passed on to the
thermal protection system calculation in order to determine how much more or less protection is
needed. This will affect the mass of the vehicle. Once the new TPS is calculated and a new set
of vehicle parameters is decided upon, another simulation can be run. Each new simulation
requires changes in the controller constants or the AOA profile, depending on how drastic the
changes to the vehicle are.
The final iteration resulted in a vehicle with the parameters outlined below in Table 7.3.
The major parameter that the trajectory dealt with was the vehicle included angle. As discussed
before, the included angle limits the possible angles of attack. To maximize L/D, the AOA
should be pretty small, so the vehicle was made to have an included angle as small as possible
without becoming unreasonable. The weight and surface area of the vehicle was also varied
according to what was needed in terms of ballistic coefficient and controllability of the vehicle.
Table 7.3
Final Vehicle ParametersMass [kg] 365Length [m] 3.575Width [m] 1.25Flap Chord [m] 0.25Extension [m] 0.3Nose Radius [m] 0.001Axial cg Location [m] 2.002Vertical cg Location [m] 0.028Wedge Included Angle [deg] 4
The iteration process for designing the optimal controller and trajectory involved a
tedious method of entering parameters, running the simulation, and checking the results.
Basically, for a given vehicle, the AOA, cruise altitude, and cruise time were varied until the ΔV
was minimized. The same basic thing was done for the original PID controller, except that the
137
![Page 138: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/138.jpg)
controller gains were varied as well. This took a lot longer to optimize than the new and
improved control scheme. It also turned out that the Bank and AOA profiles for the new scheme
were much more achievable, and the ΔV was significantly improved.
7.7 Results and Discussion
With the final vehicle parameters and the final trajectory and controller designs, the
simulation was run to completion with only a minor deficit in the velocity. Figure 7.10 shows
the AOA profile and Figure 7.11 shows the Bank angle profile. The AOA is only required to
perform two maneuvers. It starts at the minimum value of 4 degrees, which is the included angle
of the wedge. It then increases to about 5.22 degrees, which is the AOA for which the vehicle is
captured in the cruise section. It then returns to the minimum as the vehicle exits the
atmosphere. The Bank angle is only required to perform one maneuver. The vehicle begins at a
bank angle of zero, then flips to 180º for the remainder of the flight. Figure 7.12 shows the
altitude vs. time, which looks very much like the trajectory flown by Tracey, shown in Figure
7.3.
0 100 200 300 400 500 6004
4.5
5
5.5AOA vs. Time
Time (s)
AO
A (d
eg)
138
![Page 139: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/139.jpg)
Figure 7.10
0 100 200 300 400 500 6000
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5Bank Angle vs. Time
Time (s)
Ban
k A
ngle
(deg
)
Figure 7.11
0 100 200 300 400 500 6000
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500Altitude vs. Time by Greg Henning
Time (s)
Alti
tude
(km
)
Vehicle TrajectoryEdge of AtmosphereVenus Surface
Figure 7.12
Figure 7.13 below shows the velocity over the duration of the mission. The red line is the
velocity desired at exit. It is obvious that there is too much velocity deficit to match the final
139
![Page 140: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/140.jpg)
conditions. Fortunately though, the escape velocity for Venus occurs around 10.6 km/s, which is
still below the exit velocity, so the vehicle will still depart the planet on a hyperbolic orbit.
0 100 200 300 400 500 6001.06
1.08
1.1
1.12
1.14
1.16
1.18
1.2x 10
4 Velocity vs. Time by Greg Henning
Time (s)
Vel
octiy
(m/s
)
Figure 7.13
Figure 7.14 shows the longitude vs. time. Again, the red line indicates the desired final
condition. As discussed before, it is easy to match this final condition with only a small error
which is due more to the limited capability of the FORTRAN code. It is clear that the vehicle
has reached the correct position in space for the final conditions. The only requirement that
remains unmet is the velocity vector.
140
![Page 141: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/141.jpg)
0 100 200 300 400 500 6000
10
20
30
40
50
60
70Longitude vs. Time by Greg Henning
Time (s)
Long
itude
(deg
)
Figure 7.14
The velocity vector is defined by its magnitude and its direction. Figure 7.15 shows the
flight path angle vs. time. The middle section that levels off at zero corresponds to the cruise
section of the flight. Clearly, the control scheme is doing what it was designed to do, which was
to maintain a zero flight path angle for a desired cruise time. There was still a slight discrepancy
between the final flight path angle and the desired value. As discussed before, the flight path
angle depends heavily on the velocity. If the velocity were higher, as is desired, the slope of the
graph in Figure 7.15 after the cruise section would have been greater, and the blue line would be
closer to touching the red line. This small error does factor into the ΔV, but not as much as the
velocity deficit.
141
![Page 142: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/142.jpg)
0 100 200 300 400 500 600-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
10
15Flight Path Angle vs. Time by Greg Henning
Time (s)
Flig
ht P
ath
Ang
le (d
eg)
Figure 7.15
The corrective ΔV needed at the end of the flight was found to be 453.3585 m/s.
Compared to the ΔV = 1537 m/s needed to change orbits without the AGA, this number shows
that the AGA does show promise. A ΔV of over 450 m/s is still very significant though. The
vehicle was only budgeted 300 m/s for orbit corrections. Adding another 450 m/s for the Venus
flyby and, assuming a similar velocity error, another 400-500 m/s for the Mars flyby would
brings the total ΔV budget to around 1200 m/s. That would require much more fuel, which
translates to a higher vehicle mass, which in turn adds significantly to the mission cost. The
mission is still obviously lacking in ability.
It was discussed earlier that in order to complete the mission, an L/D of around 3 or better
would probably be necessary. According to Figure 7.16, the vehicle reached a maximum L/D
right around 1.94 during the cruise section of flight.
142
![Page 143: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/143.jpg)
0 100 200 300 400 500 600-1
-0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
2L/D vs. Time by Greg Henning
Time (s)
L/D
Figure 7.16
It would seem that flying at a lower altitude would increase the L/D due to the decrease
in viscous-interaction drag. This is discussed in the Aerodynamics section of the report.
However, there was a limit to how low the vehicle should fly to optimize the efficiency of the
mission. Lift and drag are coupled in the sense that at lower altitudes, the vehicle can generate
more lift, and at the same time experiences more drag. Likewise, higher altitudes result in less
lift and less drag overall. The vehicle needs to produce a certain amount of lift in order to
complete the mission, which corresponds to a maximum altitude at which the vehicle can be
controlled. That altitude will produce a certain amount of drag on the vehicle as well. Once the
vehicle is controllable at a particular altitude, there is no reason to fly any lower, since the extra
lift is unnecessary and will be wasted. The only effect will be a build-up of more drag, which is
not what is desired.
143
![Page 144: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/144.jpg)
To see the effect of the viscous interaction drag, a simulation was run using only
Newtonian theory for calculating CL and CD. The way these are calculated is shown here in
equations and .
0 100 200 300 400 500 6001.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
1.16
1.17
1.18
1.19
1.2x 10
4 Velocity vs. Time by Greg Henning
Time (s)
Vel
octiy
(m/s
)
Figure 7.17
The trajectory doesn’t look any different than before, so Figure 7.12 is sufficient to
describe the altitude vs. time profile for the simulation. Figure 7.17 shows the velocity vs. time
plot for the simulation neglecting viscous-interaction drag. With only the Newtonian drag being
accounted for, the mission has been completed with a surplus of velocity. Also, the flight path
angle vs. time plot shown below in Figure 7.18 clearly shows that the final condition has been
met for the flight path angle as well. Figure 7.19 is the L/D profile for this case. Comparing to
Figure 7.16, it is easy to see that the purely Newtonian case is achieving a much better L/D
throughout the flight.
144
![Page 145: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/145.jpg)
0 100 200 300 400 500 600-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
10
15Flight Path Angle vs. Time by Greg Henning
Time (s)
Flig
ht P
ath
Ang
le (d
eg)
Figure 7.18
0 100 200 300 400 500 600-1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6L/D vs. Time by Greg Henning
Time (s)
L/D
Figure 7.19
145
![Page 146: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/146.jpg)
To compare the new control scheme to the PID controller, the final vehicle was run
through the simulation with the PID control. Essentially, the plots for altitude, velocity,
longitude, and flight path angle vs. time look nearly identical to the figures presented previously.
The ΔV improvement wasn’t vast, as the PID controlled system achieved ΔV = 471.8499 (in
comparison to ΔV = 435.3585 for the new scheme). Along with the improvements in both the
bank angle profile and the simplicity of the scheme, even a small improvement in ΔV shows that
the new scheme is all-around better for the mission. Figure 7.20 and Figure 7.21 below show the
controller effort and the total bank angle for the PID controlled mission, respectively.
0 100 200 300 400 500 600-2
-1.5
-1
-0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5PID Control Effort
Time (s)
Con
trol E
ffort
(rad)
ProportionalDerivativeIntegralTotal Control
Figure 7.20
146
![Page 147: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/147.jpg)
0 100 200 300 400 500 60090
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190Bank Angle vs. Time
Time (s)
Ban
k A
ngle
(deg
)
Figure 7.21
147
![Page 148: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/148.jpg)
7.8 Conclusions and Recommendations
Given more time and resources, a more suitable vehicle could most likely be found using
our iteration process. Some major changes to the vehicle would probably need to be done in
order to get better L/D properties. It really doesn’t seem worthwhile at this point to try and fly
the vehicle at lower altitudes. It seems that the best way to improve the L/D at this point is to
make drastic design changes to the vehicle.
Even at the end of the project, there still wasn’t much insight into what sort of
vehicle parameters would produce optimal performance. With the final control scheme and the
final vehicle iteration, a short trade study was done to see the effect of changing the vehicle
length and weight. Table 7.4 below lists the corrective ΔV required for each vehicle
configuration when flown through the full trajectory. The numbers in red indicate the final
iteration performed by the team. The trade study was done by adding and subtracting 20 kg from
the mass as well as adding and subtracting 0.2 m from the wedge length. It would seem that
increasing the vehicle mass and shortening it produces the most desirable ΔV. Looking at ΔV
alone doesn’t say much unless the mass of the vehicle is considered as well. The amount of
propellant needed depends on the ΔV and the mass of the vehicle. Table 7.5 shows the ΔV
multiplied by the vehicle mass for the same trade study. Clearly, the case that seemed optimal
from Table 7.4 is not the best case when taking mass into account.
Table 7.4
DeltaV needed to correct for differing masses and plate lengths 345 kg 365 kg 385 kg
3.375 m 464.9905 445.0025 432.1744
3.575 m 461.0182 453.3585 437.3555
3.775 m 476.6398 449.0747 443.9124
148
![Page 149: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/149.jpg)
Table 7.5
DeltaV x mass for differing masses and plate lengths 345 kg 365 kg 385 kg
3.375 m 160421.7225 162425.9125 166387.144
3.575 m 159051.279 165475.8525 168381.8675
3.775 m 164440.731 163912.2655 170906.274
The main conclusion that can be drawn at this juncture is that in order to fully
understand the behavior of the AGA mission, one must have an accurate model for the drag on
the vehicle. The amount of velocity lost is a huge factor in determining whether or not the
mission is worthwhile. The final conditions were very different when viscous-interaction drag
was considered as opposed to neglected. The ΔV needed to correct the trajectory was not
unreasonable, and the fact that escape velocity was maintained is promising, but it would be
foolish to do a more detailed design without a greater understanding of the aerodynamic forces
on the vehicle during atmospheric flight.
149
![Page 150: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/150.jpg)
Reference
[7.1] Greenwood, Donald T., Principles of Dyanmics, 2nd edition, Prentice-Hall, 1988, pp. 213-
216
[7.2] Professor K.C. Howell, AAE 532 notes, Fall 2004, Purdue University
[7.3] Seiff, A.; Schofield, J.T.; Kliore, A.J.; Taylor, F.W.; Limaye, S.S.; “Models of the Structure
of the Atmosphere of Venus from the Surface to 100 Kilometers Altitude”, Advances in Space
Research: The Official Journal, Vol. 5, No. 11, 1985
[7.4] Schneider, Steven P, Methods for Analysis of Preliminary Spacecraft Designs, AAE450,
Spacecraft Design, Purdue University, Fall 2005
[7.5] Vinh, N., Busemann, V., and Culp, R., Hypersonic and Planetary Entry Flight Mechanics,
Univ. of Michigan Press, 1980.
[7.6] Smith, T., and Longuski, J., Aerogravity Assist Trajectoris for Mars-Venus Sample Return
Missions, Prepared for Prof. Schneider, AAE 450 Instructor, Fall 2005
150
![Page 151: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/151.jpg)
8 Mars Multidisciplinary Design Optimization – Anthony A.
Sanders
8.1 Introduction:
The purpose of the MDO, per S.P. Schneider AAE450, Fall 2005, Tentative Team
Member Assignments, “is to iterate vehicle designs, control angle of attack and roll angle, and
run code developed by other group members”.
The Mars MDO ran the original traj.f code to get a feel for how it ran, and how changing
the parameters changed the output. After working with the code for several weeks, it became
apparent that an iteration process would be much more efficient. Since changing several
parameters and determining how that affects the vehicle was the main job of the MDO, the Mars
MDO created several MatLab codes to iterate and analyze the data from traj.f, aeroprop.f, and
altvmap.for. Explanations for the codes can be found after the Method section. The Mars MDO
was in charge of helping aerodynamics determine stable trim conditions for any wedge
parameters and to pass that condition to the trajectory persons. The trajectory persons would then
determine if the vehicle could fly the trajectory through each planet.
Along with determining stable trim conditions for the vehicle, the Mars MDO analyzed
the optimization of L/D and the effects of drag on the mission.
The part of the MDO was ambiguous at best. Although the definition of the role of the
MDO included controlling angle of attack and roll angle, those things were truly controlled by
the trajectory persons because they used them in their controller. The part of the MDO was not to
control those parameters, but to vary them and determine their effect on the mission. Did a
151
![Page 152: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/152.jpg)
higher angle of attack produce higher L/D?? Did it increase drag as well?? The relationship
between changing vehicle parameters, the angle of attack, and planet atmosphere was intensely
complex. Although it seemed that the MDO position was well defined, that was not so as the
semester was went on. Many times the Mars MDO merged into the position of trajectory or
aerodynamics and spent a majority of his hours on these subjects. This produced an unbalance
between positions because the part of the MDO was not completely filled due to his need in
other places. Below is the method the Mars MDO took in this project. Note that much of what is
stated is from an aerodynamic point of view; this is because the majority of what made this
mission pass or fail was the aerodynamics of the vehicle.
8.2 Method:
In order to iterate on the vehicle design, optimization points had to be determined. L/D
was a strong factor in the success of the mission because it determined how much turn the
vehicle was able to obtain, as well as how much velocity was lost due to drag in the atmosphere.
For that purpose, maximizing L/D for the mars aero-gravity-assist was picked for the first
optimization point. The initial optimizations were carried out with a blunt flat plate due to the
lack of a working aerodynamics code for a wedge, but because a wedge with the top or bottom
shadowed acts like a flat plate, the results helped give a general trend.
The central code was provided by Professor S.P. Schneider, so the first step was to run
the FORTRAN code, traj.f, to get a general understanding of what how the code ran and how the
vehicle parameters would initially affect the trajectory of the vehicle through the atmosphere.
This code reads in several other FORTRAN functions, including aerodat.f which calculates the
aerodynamic properties of the vehicle. Initially, running traj.f for different vehicle parameters
152
![Page 153: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/153.jpg)
required opening traj.f, manually changing the parameters, compiling, and then actually running
the code. When changing the vehicles length, the xcg location changed as well. Although the xcg
location followed a general trend of approximately one half the total length of the plate from the
front of the plate, a more accurate path for finding the best xcg location to use for each plate
length was in need.
To get a general understanding of the effect of xcg location and stability, the aeroprop.f
code was put to use for the first iteration vehicle parameters. The vehicle parameters used for the
first iteration can be found in Table 22.
Table 1: First Iteration Vehicle Parameters
Vehicle Parameter Meters
Plate Length 2.451
Flap Length 0.25
Width 1.64
Nose Radius 0.005
Ycg Location 0
In order for a vehicle to be stable, the moment coefficient about the xcg location must be
zero, and its slope must be negative. Aeroprop.f also outputs the Cm,cg for each flap angle, β, and
for each xcg location tested. Figure 4: Plot of Cm,cg versus angle of attack shows the Cm,cg for the
maximum L/D case, xcg = 1.29 m. Note that there is a wide range of angles of attack that the
vehicle could be flown at for the range of flap angles chosen. This was good because the vehicle
may need to have to fly at different angles of attack throughout the mission.
153
![Page 154: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/154.jpg)
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
-25
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
x 10-3 Plot of Cm,cg versus
(deg)
Cm
,cg
lplate= 2.451lflap= 0.25width= 1.64rnose= 0.005xcg= 1.29ycg= 0
Flap Angle ( ) = -8Flap Angle ( ) = -4Flap Angle ( ) = 0Flap Angle ( ) = 4Flap Angle ( ) = 8
Figure 4: Plot of Cm,cg versus angle of attack
The stable xcg location was then given to the trajectory persons so they could run their
trajectories. After this point, analysis of the wedge vehicle began and the Mars MDO focused on
helping the aerodynamic person develop her method.
Although not shown in this section, the Mars MDO did a full analysis of the aerodynamic
properties alongside the aerodynamics person. This was required due to suspicious vehicle
behavior after the initial wedge aerodynamics code was written. The Mars MDO helped re-
derive all the aerodynamic equations for the wedge and write the code in Fortran, using the
existing aerodat.f code provided by professor Schneider as a template.
One of the major issues for the design of the mission was whether viscous interaction
drag had a significant effect on the aerodynamics. The first step was to analyze the equations.
Equation 1 shows the Lockheed Viscous-Interaction correlation, where VI stands for Viscous-
154
![Page 155: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/155.jpg)
Interaction and was calculated using Equation 2. The correction was then applied to the
CD,Newtonian to produce the CD,actual, see Equation 3.
Equation 1: (Ref 7-1, pg 37 eq. 95 )
Equation 2: (Ref 7-1, pg 38 Figure 13)
Notice that viscous interaction effects, VI, is directly dependent on mach number and
Reynolds number. Although the Mach number may be very large, for very low densities the
Reynolds number is very small. This led to very high VI effects.
Equation 3: (Ref 7-1, pg 39 eq 96)
Figure 5 is a plot of the temperature and density of mars atmosphere versus altitude.
Mars atmospheric density is very low, so the affects of viscous drag will be high.
155
![Page 156: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/156.jpg)
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
x 104
10-7
10-6
10-5
10-4
10-3
10-2
10-1
Altitude (m)
Den
sity
(kg/
m3 )
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
x 104
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
Mars Atmospheric Data
Tem
pera
ture
(K)
Figure 5: Plot of Temperature and Density of Mars Atmosphere versus Altitude
Table 2: Final Wedge Parameters
Wedge Parameters
lplate (bottom surface) (m) 3.575
lext (m) 0.3
lflap (m) 0.25
width (m) 1.25
nose radius (m) 0.001
xcg (m) 2.02
ycg (m) 0
zcg (m) 0.028
Full Wedge Angle, delta, deg 4
156
![Page 157: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/157.jpg)
For the last iteration wedge vehicle design, see Table 2 for details, Figure 7 was the
comparison of drag components. Altvmap was initially run for several angles of attack and a
constant velocity of 7000 meters/sec. Figure 6 shows the L/D of the vehicle for various angles of
attack. Altvmap runs the vehicle through an atmosphere for a set range of altitudes and returns
the aerodynamic properties of the vehicle for each altitude. Because this model calls the
atmosphere of the chosen planet, Mars for this case, this is a fully viscous example of a trajectory
through an atmosphere. For the final vehicle, an angle of attack of approximately 7 degrees
provides the highest L/D for the mission, so flying at this angle of attack would be ideal.
Figure 6: Plot of L/D vs Altitude for various angles of attack
157
![Page 158: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/158.jpg)
Figure 7: Comparison of Drag Coefficients
From Figure 7, one might conclude that the viscous interaction effects are indeed a major
factor on the aerodynamics of the vehicle and cannot be ignored. To further analyze the effect of
viscous interactions see Figure 8. Note that although the CD VI was relatively large at high
altitudes, the DVI was not. That is due to the fact that Drag is a factor of the density, so when the
vehicle is at high altitudes, the density is low, and therefore the drag is low. (Note that lift will
also be low at high altitudes). Figure 9 shows the percentage of each component of drag towards
the total drag. Note that the percentage of drag due to viscous interaction effects never dropped
below approximately 10 percent. This confirmed the suspicions that viscous interaction effects
could not be ignored.
158
![Page 159: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/159.jpg)
Figure 8: Comparison of Drag Components
Figure 9: Drag Component Percentage
159
![Page 160: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/160.jpg)
8.3 Overview:
The part of the MDO was to provide an analysis of the variable vehicle parameters and to
run the code developed by the other members of the group. Also, in the case that some part of the
design is not picked up by the other members of the group, the MDO is responsible for that part.
Although this paper is for the Mars MDO, much of this position was required for aerodynamics
analysis.
Analyzing the drag on the vehicle, the conclusion was drawn that viscous interaction drag
could not be ignored, and any further analysis of AGA maneuvers must make sure to take that
into affect.
8.4 Explanation of Code:
traj.f: The main program that computed the trajectory of the vehicle around a planet. The
original code was provided by S.P Schneider but was greatly modified. To accommodate running
many iterations, traj.f was changed to accept the vehicle parameters as inputs instead of the
parameters being hard coded in the traj.f script.
aerodat.f : The code that calculated the aerodynamics of the vehicle. This code was originally
provided by S.P Schneider to evaluate a flat plate using Newtonian Method and remains
untouched by the MDO.
atmo76.f: File that contains atmospheric data for Mars, including temperature and density versus
altitude.
160
![Page 161: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/161.jpg)
altvmap.for: Code that analyzed a vehicle at a fixed angle of attack and for a range of altitudes
and velocities. Altvmap.for calls atmo76.f for atmospheric data. Originally provided by S.P
Schneider, altvmap.for was modified to accept the vehicle parameters, velocity range, and
altitude range as inputs.
aeroprop.for: Program that called aerodat.f and produced data for plots of stable xcg locations.
This program analyzed the inviscid case only.
Mars MDO created Scripts: All scripts created by the MDO for Mars contained a header such
that if the help function was used in MatLab, a description of the code and how to use it was
displayed. These headers are used for the explanation of the following scripts.
AeroInputMatrix_FPRINTF.m:
This code allows for iterations of aeroprop.for for one or more
changing vehicle parameters.
This will create a directory within the current working directory called
AeroPropEval. Within AeroPropEval, several Trial# directory's will be written,
each containing a range of vehicle parameters for a set vehicle length
So matlab does not have to be run through Unix, this program writes a
series of unix commands to a file that will run the iterations in unix.
161
![Page 162: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/162.jpg)
To start the iteration process:
1. Run this script for the parameters to be evaluated.
-The Following Step Take Place In UNIX-
2. In order to execute the iterations, the file "runaim" must be
exectuable. To make "runaim" executable type: "chmod 700 runaim"
3. This script makes use of the a.out file that is written out when
aeroprop.f is compiled and linked. To compile aeroprop.f type: "runaeroprop"
4. Type "runaim" to start the iteration of aeroprop.f through
the specified vehicle parameters.
The iterations may take quite a bit of time if you make the vectors very
large.To save time decrease the number, n, of xcg locations analyzed.
Aeropropdata.m:
aeropropdata.m determines the number of "Trial" directories that the
current AeroPropEval directory has. For each trial, aeropropdata reads the
number of aeropropdata_* files that exist. For each file, the CL/CDmax and
xcg location of the CL/CDmax are found.
Within the script, plotlong must be defined:
If plotlong=0, then aeropropdata will output plots of Cm,cg versus angle
of attack for each xcg location examined. These plots are used to
determine if the vehicle is stable at the given xcg location. The vehicle
is stable if Cm,cg=0 and has a negative slope for a given flap angle.
If plotlong=1, then aeropropdata will output a single plot of CL/CDmax
versus the xcg location it corresponds to. This plot is useful because it
162
![Page 163: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/163.jpg)
shows the range of xcg locations that produce stable trim, but also it
shows the xcg location that produces the maximum CL/CD for the vehicle.
AltVInputMatrix_FPRINTF.m:
This code allows the iteration of altvmap.for for a range of vehicle
parameters.
This will create a directory within your current working directory called
AltVEval. Within AltVEval, several Trial# directory's will be written,
each containing a range of vehicle parameters for a set vehicle length.
So matlab does not have to be run through Unix, this program writes a
series of unix commands to a file that will run the iterations in unix.
To start the actual iteration process:
1. Run this script for the parameters to be evaluated.
2. In order to execute the iterations, the file "runavim" must be
exectuable. To make "runavim" executable type: "chmod 700 runavim"
3. This script makes use of the a.out file that is written out when
altvmap.for is compiled and linked. To compile altvmap.for type: "runaltvmap"
4. In Unix type "runavim" to start the iteration through altvmap.f
The iterations may take quite a bit of time if you make the vectors very
large.To save time, decrease the number, n, of xcg locations analyzed.
163
![Page 164: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/164.jpg)
Marsaltvmapdata.m:
aeropropdata.m determines the number of "Trial" directories that the
current AltVEval directory has. For each trial, marsaltvmapdata reads the
number of altvoutput_* files that exist.
For each file, marsaltvmapdata finds the CL,CD,L/D,CD_newtonian,
CD_skin_friction, and CD_viscous_interactions
Note: At very high altituded, CD due to viscous interaction is much
larger than the CD calculated from Newtonian method, and very much larger
than the CD from skin friction. This fact will greatly influence
atmosphere entry vehicles sizing and should be taken into account.
marsaltvmapdata analyzes the L/D at high altitudes, which is nearly
constant, and plots L/D versus plate length for varying angles of attack.
This allows for optimization for plate length and angle of attack.
TrajInputMatrix_FPRINTF.m:
This code allows for iterations of traj.f for one or more changing vehicle
parameters.
This will create a directory within the current working directory called
TrajEval. Within TrajEval, several Trial# directory's will be written,
each containing a range of vehicle parameters for a set vehicle length
164
![Page 165: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/165.jpg)
So matlab does not have to be run through Unix, this program writes a
series of unix commands to a file that will run the iterations in unix.
To start the iteration process:
1. Run this script for the parameters to be evaluated.
-The Following Step Take Place In UNIX-
2. In order to execute the iterations, the file "runtim" must be
exectuable. To make "runtim" executable type: "chmod 700 runtim"
3. This script makes use of the a.out file that is written out when
traj.f is compiled and linked. To compile traj.f type: "runtraj"
4. Type "runtim" to start the iteration of aeroprop.f through
the specified vehicle parameters.
The iterations may take quite a bit of time if you make the vectors very
large.To save time decrease the number, n, of xcg locations analyzed.
Trajaerodata.m:
trajaerodata.m determines the number of "Trial" directories that the
current TrajEval directory has. For each trial, trajaerodata reads the
number of trajoutput_* files that exist.
For each file read, trajaerodata determines if the vehicle entered the
atmosphere. If the vehicle entered the atmosphere, trajaerodata
determines the CL/CDmax, xcg location of for the CL/CDmax case.
Within the script, plottype must be defined:
If plottype=0, trajaerodata plots CL/CDmax vs xcg for each xcg position
165
![Page 166: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/166.jpg)
used. If the vehicle is not able to trim for a give xcg location,
CL/CDmax=0.
If plotlong=1, trajaerodata plots CL/CDmax vs angle of attack for
each vehicle length analyzed.
SPSMars.m:
SPSMars loads the output from traj.f for a specified trajoupt_* number.
To find the correct trial number to read in, such that the vehicle is
trim, run trajaerodata.m to find the range of stable xcg locations, then
find the trajinput file that produced a stable xcg location. Use the number
of that the trajinput file to run SPSMars.
SPSMars will read in each of the for output files for the given trial:
%%% trajoutput_#.aer %%%
SPSMars determines if the vehicle entered the atmosphere. If the vehicle
entered the atmosphere, SPSMars plots the CL versus time, CD versus time,
and the CL/CD versus time.
%%% trajoutput_#.out %%%
SPSMars plots the Altitude, Flight Path Angle, Longitude, and Latitude
versus time.
%%% trajoutput_#.qw %%%
166
![Page 167: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/167.jpg)
SPSMars determines if the vehicle entered the atmosphere. If the vehicle
entered the atmosphere, SPSMars plots the heatflux versus time for each
of the points on the vehicle heatflux data was taken. NOTE: For high
altitudes, although the vehicle is in Mars atmosphere, there may be no
heatflux. This may be an error with the Heatflux.for code.
MarsAtmoData.m:
MarsAtmoData plots the Temperature and Density of Mars atmosphere versus altitude
167
![Page 168: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/168.jpg)
Reference
[8-1] Methods for Analysis of Preliminary Spacecraft Designs, AAE450, Spacecraft Design,
Purdue University; S.P. Schneider, August 5, 2005
168
![Page 169: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/169.jpg)
9 Venus Multidisciplinary Design Optimization – Rob Fink
9.1 Overview
Initially, the job of optimizing the aero gravity assist mission, specifically in this case
through the Venus stage, involved design parameters of the vehicle (dimensions, mass),
aerothermodynamics (heat flux, stagnation point temperature and associated thermal protection
system, or TPS) and aerodynamics (angle of attack, roll angle). Optimization occurred through
multiple iterations, from the beginning stage when initial codes analyzed a crude prototypical
spacecraft that was a blunt, flat plate up till the end, with the vehicle’s final basic design, a
wedge, incorporated its particular aerodynamic characteristics into the analysis. Furthermore,
the Venus MDO iterations used a trajectory system developed by the team member in charge of
implementing the proper trajectory through the Venusian atmosphere, and analyzed the
spacecraft’s performance via output data that included lift, drag and heat flux (among others, but
these three were initially and, in the case of the former two, eventually the primary concern). In
a given iteration, the output data was plotted graphically for the given stage and interpreted as
such. It is important to note that each iteration had to be isolated from the previous or the next
iteration, as the trajectory’s control was attuned to the vehicle’s size/dimensions to execute a
proper aero gravity assist as per given initial and final conditions, and that any given analysis
only attempted to predict trends from that particular stage of the iteration. This is to say that
while a general overall trend could be speculated, it could not be satisfactorily determined from
the outset or in the middle of the design process. In metaphorical terms, this meant hiking one or
maybe two steps in any direction rather than laying down an entire path to a particular
169
![Page 170: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/170.jpg)
destination; such is the nature of the iterative process, as cumbersome or inefficient as it may
seem.
In the beginning the blunt, flat plate was used for analysis, and it took place in the Earth
atmosphere. The idea behind this initial analysis was to find out whatever important overriding
concerns arose when tampering with vehicle dimensions and aerodynamic parameters.
Conclusions based on this early vehicle were too premature because the design was crude, since
it was known early on this would not be the final design, raising particular concerns of mass
properties, since the structure design specifics (e.g. mass, TPS) were arbitrary at that point.
When the basic shape for the SPEAR was introduced in the aerodynamics code, a greater
understanding of the prevalent issues began to form. Whereas it was speculated early that the
amount of TPS - affecting aerodynamics and vehicle mass considerations - would be the main
concern, it became clear that it was not; in fact, the amount of lift over drag generated by SPEAR
was not enough for the mission requirements. Therefore, iterative analysis became focused on
how to change parameters to cause greater lift and decrease drag.
Finally, it should be also noted that the conditions of Venus’s atmosphere are greatly
different than Mars’s or Earth’s, inducing a wrinkle in the optimization process that causes
tradeoffs in the size iterations between the different stages of the mission. Venus has a very
dense atmosphere, prone to induce greater drag on a spacecraft. The slight bonus was that
nothing about Venus’s notoriously high temperatures, produced by the Greenhouse Effect,
created any heat flux concerns.
170
![Page 171: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/171.jpg)
9.2 Blunt Flat Plate Analysis
Included as a prelude to the actual proposed wedge design, the blunt flat plate (BFP) was
an important early analysis to try and predict trends. While not very precise or clearly helpful in
identifying guiding sizing parameters for the wedge design, the BFP was needed to evaluate
aerodynamic capabilities and try to find important trends in aerodynamic and
aerothermodynamic performances. The first thing to do was change certain parameters to see
response in performance, while keeping others constant. Parameters that were kept constant
were flight path angle (important to trajectory but incidental to aerodynamic performance),
vehicle mass (early response from changing mass of BFP showed little/no change), vertical
center of gravity location (assumed to be zero, lying dead center, vertically, of BFP), specific
impulse (ISP, had no effect on aerodynamic performance) and angle of attack (to be analyzed at
a later time). First tests were done changing the nose radius over a range of values: 0.002m,
0.005m, 0.010m, and 0.100m. The following parameters were held constant: plate length =
10.0m, flap chord = 2.0m, width = 2.0m, axial center of gravity = 5.7m (from the nose back,
minus the nose radius) and angle of attack = 7 deg. Using the traj.f FORTRAN code to compute
aero data, the following three plots generated from Matlab show typical output that was to be
analyzed:
171
![Page 172: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/172.jpg)
100 150 200 250 300 350 4000
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5x 10
-3 Lift Coefficient vs. Time
Time (s)
Lift
Coe
ffici
ent
Figure 10 – Lift Coefficient vs. Time
Figure 10 shows a typical response of lift coefficient versus time since the angle of attack
was never varied from seven degrees (this is simply to show that the values were successfully
outputted given the parameters).
100 150 200 250 300 350 4000
0.002
0.004
0.006
0.008
0.01
0.012
0.014Drag Coefficient vs. Time
Time (s)
Dra
g C
oeffi
cien
t
172
![Page 173: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/173.jpg)
Figure 11 – Drag Coefficient vs. Time
In Figure 11, we see a peculiar curve that represents the total drag over the course of the
flight. It was never determined what exactly caused the variance of drag in this case, but it
highlights an important issue that in case of such an anomaly, measures must be taken to find
what causes the variance and be able to account for its presence.
100 150 200 250 300 350 400-1
-0.8
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1L/D vs. Time
Time (s)
L/D
Figure 12 - Lift over Drag vs. Time
In this plot, one can see the total lift over drag for the duration of the flight. It accounts
for the anomalous drag curve shown in Figure 11. The max L/D achieved is less than one,
which was unacceptable for any portion of the mission in atmosphere (Venus’s or the others’).
Subsequent increases of nose radius showed increased drag, of the same odd curve seen in the
figures previous. While such a result was rather obvious, the real missed opportunity would
have been to gain a better understanding of the dynamics of drag on the vehicle shown.
173
![Page 174: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/174.jpg)
The second set of tests were done changing the vehicle size, from a larger overall area to
a smaller overall area. While the flap chord and width were changed proportionately, the length
was not, so the differences between big and small were not consistent, with the exception of the
placement of the axial center of gravity (which had to be adjusted proportionately to the plate
length). Results in either case were unremarkable, as the lift obviously did not change over the
previous trials (again, the angle of attack was not changed), only the drag was analyzed and the
difference was negligibly small. One lesson learned in this case perhaps was that the sizing had
to be altered more consistently, or more carefully as it may be more comprehensive to change
one size parameter at a time so as to find out what the effect of just one change would do to the
vehicle.
Additionally the early iterations were founded on the BFP as it was time for the team to
practice the iterative process and move the analysis forward from its infancy stages. This
included incorporating Venus atmospheric data to better simulate the mission. While the first
iteration was an unsuccessful run under the initial conditions, it provided early heat flux results
for TPS analysis. This was instrumental in gaining a better insight into the amount that would be
needed for the complete mission.
9.3 SPEAR Analysis
Once the aerodynamics of the new wedge shape was written into the code, better analysis
could take place and the iteration process could really shift into high gear. Part of this was
because real analysis of the wedge size could be used, giving indication as to whether increasing
or decreasing some parameter made all the more difference. Also, the trajectory control was
174
![Page 175: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/175.jpg)
iterated and adapted to the shape to match the needed conditions, so the aerodynamic
performance was much more sensitive to changes.
The iterations began with aerodynamic analysis of preferred center of gravity locations.
This was important to the systems engineer, who in turn needed to position the “innards” of
SPEAR to reflect this range. Size parameters were more or less defined by the systems engineer
who fit the craft to the necessary instruments, engine, and power supply needed to operate the
spacecraft (aforementioned “innards”). Cutting down size was already an assumed desirability,
to reduce cost (in terms of mass) and surface drag. Optimization was utilized to take the initial
parameters set and try to find better performance by changing the size of the vehicle in certain
ways, either by lengthening the plate or shortening the width, and so on. Performance could
include everything from matching needed exit velocities, to adequate planetary turn arc
(sufficient duration of time completed through atmosphere for AGA), to possible aeroheating
issues, to lift over drag. Some parameters, as before with the BFP, were left alone as they
affected trajectory and were beyond the scope of optimization capabilities or had little to no
effect on performance.
One very key consideration that was an issue to begin with and dropped during this stage
was over the amount of heat flux. It was determined early on in the final wedge iteration stages
that the TPS necessary to keep SPEAR intact was much less than anticipated, and thus any
fluctuations in mass to reflect any size changes were fairly negligible with respect to the rest of
the spacecraft.
On the other hand, the greater issue arose with the lift over drag performance. Initial
estimates of the mission placed need of L/D values above three; however, in each stage of the
175
![Page 176: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/176.jpg)
mission the values were barely above one. Various attempts were made on behalf of the Venus
stage, as well as the other two stages, to find solutions to this problem.
9.4 Conclusions
An attempt at a partial solution was found in reducing the nose radius, to the extremely
small value of one millimeter (0.001m) as a way to effectively decrease drag, improving the max
L/D value. Also, trends (and predictions) indicated a narrower vehicle to generate less drag (less
profile size), although this was largely unchangeable due to the sizing restrictions set by
SPEAR’s inner contents.
The only other importantly deciding factor in increasing lift over drag for the Venus stage
was to find an optimal altitude to minimize drag. During the Mars stage of the mission it was
determined that flying at a lower altitude was advantageous, however this produced no
advantages whatsoever for this stage, due to Venus’s incredibly dense atmosphere. In fact, there
is less drag involved flying through Venus at higher altitudes where the density decreases as one
ascends the atmosphere. Since this drop in drag is not sufficient enough to increase L/D where it
was needed to be, it was left up to the trajectory specialist to choose
The following graph shows the L/D performance for the last iteration, which was most
likely indicative of the best result possible:
176
![Page 177: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/177.jpg)
0 100 200 300 400 500 600-1
-0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
2L/D vs. Time
Time (s)
L/D
Figure 13 – Final Lift over Drag vs. Time
0 100 200 300 400 500 6000
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500Altitude vs. Time
Time (s)
Alti
tude
(km
)
Figure 14 - Final Trajectory Result
Figure 14 shows the trajectory reached through the final iteration. Between the two it is
shown what L/D is over the portion of interest, between where t ≈ 190 sec and t ≈ 360 sec,
177
![Page 178: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/178.jpg)
basically where level flight occurs. Before and after this period, SPEAR is in atmospheric
descent and ascent mode, respectively, and there is no concern over L/D effectiveness here.
The table below shows the associated values for the above plots (which are the final
dimensions reached at the conclusion of the iterations) as a reference. Those values which were
null or inconsequential to the optimization process were left out (ISP, extension, transverse cg -
center of gravity across the width of the vehicle).
Table 3 – Final SPEAR DimensionsMass(kg)
PlateLength
(m)
FlapChord
(m)
PlateWidth
(m)
NoseRadius
(m)
AxialCG(m)
VerticalCG(m)
WedgeAngle(deg)
365 3.575 0.25 1.25 0.001 2.022 0.028 4
While it is unfortunate to remark that certain conditions of the mission may not be
possible, the lessons learned during the iterative process were important. For one, even when
certain parameters are thought to be set in stone, it may be necessary to attempt a change, no
matter how difficult such a change would be to make in the real world, in order to find other
possibilities. Also, discovering when certain parameters cannot be optimized enough, it may be
indicative of the need to change the initial mission conditions in order to make the mission
feasible. In the case of this mission, more research and information needs to be done on flight
capabilities and aerodynamic theory in Venus atmosphere, a scenario which has numerous
difficulties in understanding and adapting, as has been shown.
178
![Page 179: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/179.jpg)
10 Earth Multidisciplinary Design Optimization – Tim Kite
10.1 Introduction
The final part of SPEAR’s mission is sample return. In this case, it involves the
re-entry of the sample collection containers through Earth’s atmosphere to be collected on the
surface. The simplest way to accomplish this goal is to land the entire spacecraft much like the
Space Shuttle or X-23 following an atmospheric re-entry maneuver. In this preliminary design
phase, design parameters were defined, a trajectory and control system developed, and all aspects
were then optimized in an iterative manner in conjunction with the other design areas to better
meet the defined design parameters. This section of the report will examine in detail the design
parameters used, team interaction and interdependency, design methodology (including
trajectory and control law theory, development, and optimization), the results obtained through
the iterative design process, and will conclude with a discussion of how these preliminary results
impact the possibility of mission completion.
10.2 Assumptions
The assumptions used during the Earth re-entry design are:
When changing trajectories in interplanetary space, the angle changes are small Bank angle was controlled by RCS system Angle of attack was controlled primarily by single flap Changes in ΔV are assumed instantaneous Changes in bank/pitch are assumed nearly instantaneous in comparison to the time step used Cg location was impacted only negligibly due to RCS use during flight Other, more specific assumptions are mentioned within the simulation code comments
179
![Page 180: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/180.jpg)
10.3 Design Parameters
The goal of the Earth design was to determine if it is possible for the same craft
optimized for both Mars and Venus would be able to successfully land on Earth without
requiring any modifications that would pull the craft away from its optimized solution. As such,
Earth optimization was largely a trajectory and control law optimization problem, with vehicle
dimensions left the same and the weight and center of gravity adjusted for the fuel burnt during
the mission.
A successful re-entry is one that keeps G-forces below prescribed limits for the structure
and any payload present, keeps heating below levels which can be withstood by the remaining
available TPS and which don’t raise the internal temperatures above the operating level of the
on-board instruments with the given insulation. The re-entry also must be a controlled decent
such that it results in either a controlled glide which could be landed or a velocity low enough for
parachutes to be deployed, since with the RTG on-board SPEAR will have to land rather than
splash down. Finally, the re-entry trajectory cannot exit back out into space during decent, as
that would result in several alternating periods of heating and cooling, adding unnecessary
complication to the TPS and heating calculations. Because SPEAR is a lifting body, this implies
a glide re-entry as defined by Tauber and Yang [10.3] (p. 265).
10.4 Team Interaction and Interdependency
Nearly all the initial states of the variables used in the Earth re-entry trajectory design
phase were determined by other team members or resources external to the team. As given in the
methods handout, trajectory depends on aerodynamic performance parameters (especially the
stable angle of attack range) determined by aerodynamics, permissible surface temperatures
180
![Page 181: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/181.jpg)
determined by aeroheating, permissible TPS ablation levels determined by TPS, and the amount
of positional and directional control available as given by propulsion and aerodynamics. Also,
aerodynamic parameters are dependant on vehicle shape, mass, and center of gravity location, as
determined by systems design. Additionally, because the goal of Earth re-entry is to see if re-
entry is feasible given a spacecraft optimized for Mars and Venus, the allowable loads
determined by structures are also a factor limiting the re-entry trajectory.
These inputs are not one-way, however, since the entire design process was iterative.
Successful Earth re-entry requires SPEAR to fly at a much higher angle of attack than for Venus
or Mars because at Earth the goal is to slow down and land rather than change course. As such,
the allowable range of Cg locations which could result in high enough stable angles of attack for
Earth re-entry had to be determined. Because SPEAR’s fuel could not be placed around its
center of gravity, the Cg changed between Mars, Venus, and Earth flights, requiring a happy
medium to be determined which would allow all three trajectories to work. Also, because re-
entry into Earth’s atmosphere burned off some additional TPS and caused structural heating, TPS
and insulator thickness had to be adjusted to be adequate for the entire mission, which in turn
changed the mass of the spacecraft. These interdependencies necessitate including parameters
from Earth in the optimization of the entire mission, which could have potentially made the
mission impossible, but in the end did not.
10.5 Design Methodology
Because this was an initial design, a basic trajectory simulation code had to be developed.
This code would allow input of the various variables and constants and would output the results
of the given spacecraft flying the given trajectory. Because the Earth re-entry trajectory
181
![Page 182: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/182.jpg)
followed the same logic and equations as the Mars and Venus trajectories, differing only in final
state and control scheme required, the code used was drawn from that developed for the Mars
and Venus trajectories and modified to fit Earth.
10.5.1 Trajectory Theory and Development
A standard planetary re-entry would involve a spacecraft in low orbit performing a retro-
burn to lose enough speed to enter the atmosphere. The burn would be calculated such that the
flight path angle at atmospheric entry, as measured from a plane tangent to the atmosphere,
would be in the range of -1.5 to -3 degrees, as defined in the methods handout. This low of an
entry angle coupled with a high L/D vehicle would result in something between a gliding flight
path and a skipping re-entry, as defined by Tauber and Yang [10.3] (pp. 264-265), which is ideal
for most re-entry situations including the Space Shuttle.
SPEAR did not re-enter from low Earth orbit, rather, it had a hyperbolic trajectory.
Because of this, SPEAR also had a much higher velocity at atmospheric entry than the Space
Shuttle. Initial conditions for this trajectory were found by Tracy Smith, a resource external to
the team, and published in a paper titled “Aerogravity Assist Trajectories for Mars-Venus
Sample Return Missions” [10.2] (p. 5). Initial values for Earth Arrival from this paper are shown
in Table 4 below.
Table 4: Given Arrival ConditionsArrival Date July 3, 2017
V∞+ 2.53511877461x – 0.1965298704y – 1.6167828300z
Initial Radius 7278.13 kmInitial Inertial Velocity 10.8910 km/s
Initial Flight Path Angle -8.5611755 deg
182
![Page 183: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/183.jpg)
Based on the iterative simulation analysis, these given conditions do not result in a re-
entry (in fact, they don’t even approach the atmosphere). Because of this, they needed to be
adjusted so that a re-entry was possible. The simplest method of accomplishing this would be to
change the initial flight path angle to point more at the planet. This would necessitate a change
in initial flight path angle to -21.0065 degrees (for the final iteration), a change of about -12
degrees. Based on Equation 4 below and taking both V1 and V2 to be equal to the given initial
velocity, this would involve a ΔV of 2.36 km/s, far outside the realm of possibility, especially
considering SPEAR only carried fuel enough for 300 m/s of ∆V and the Earth re-entry portion of
the mission was only given 100 m/s of that.
Equation 4: Law of Cosines
Another solution would be to perform a maneuver at a location very distant to Earth
while en route from Venus to change the value of the initial radius. Because the angular change
required is much less (by several orders of magnitude), this maneuver would be possible.
To determine the new initial radius required, an iterative solution was used. By setting
the initial velocity and flight path angle to those given and the latitude, longitude, and heading to
arbitrary values as defined later, the initial radius could be determined by decreasing it (because
it was overshooting Earth) until re-entry was successful. During these re-entry attempts the
angle of attack was locked at the maximum stable value and the bank was inverted to produce a
negative lift vector. For the final iteration, this resulted in an initial radius of 6604.51 km, a
change of 673 km. Using Equation 4 again, except this time with the angle unknown and the ∆V
set to half of that allotted for Earth (50 m/s), the change in direction would be about 0.263
degrees, which is a fair approximation because the angle is small. Assuming inertial space with
183
![Page 184: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/184.jpg)
negligible gravitational influence (as in interplanetary space) and a small angular change, and
using Equation 4 again, except using distances instead of velocities, the required distance from
Earth to perform the maneuver would be about 146593 km. Performing the maneuver further
away would result in an even smaller required ∆V.
With the initial trajectory determined, the flight path through the atmosphere then needed
to be determined. This flight path should seek to minimize deceleration forces and heating,
while not skipping off the atmosphere as defined earlier in the design parameters. The initial
controller did not use a trajectory once in the atmosphere, and early controllers used only a single
target cruise altitude. It was found through experimentation, though, that these did not allow the
controller to meet the re-entry design requirements. It was found that a similar flight path was
followed by the X-23 PRIME test vehicle [10.1], which followed what could be approximated as
a 3-part re-entry path starting with a decent phase, followed by leveling off or rising slightly as
the atmosphere becomes thicker, followed by another decent phase until transition to supersonic
speeds was reached, which ended up becoming the in-atmosphere trajectory of the final
controller. Stopping the simulation when hypersonic flight ended was necessary because only
the equations for Newtonian hypersonic flight were used (as defined in the methods handout) as
the equations needed to simulate the remainder of the flight are beyond the scope of this course.
The 3-part flight profile was used because it most closely approximates the flight path necessary
for a constant deceleration while re-entering the atmosphere. The exact angles and intercepts
defining the flight path were determined experimentally every iteration to minimize deceleration
force.
The flight profile resulting from this is near optimal, but results in a flight path angle at
atmospheric entry between -4 and -5 degrees. According to the methods handout, this would
184
![Page 185: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/185.jpg)
produce excessive heating, but thanks to the 3-part flight profile, SPEAR slowed down
sufficiently in the thin upper atmosphere that this did not occur. A shallower flight path ended
up not being possible because the speed was so great that any less of an initial angle and the craft
just flew through and out of the atmosphere, even upside-down and at maximum angle of attack.
The only arbitrary (not calculated directly from some other parameter) values used in the
trajectory design were the initial longitude, initial latitude, and heading. Due to some unresolved
divide-by-zero problems in the trajectory analysis code, equatorial flight was not possible.
Instead, these values were chosen to point SPEAR at the South-Western United States after the
re-entry maneuver was complete, since it had to land rather than splash down due to safety
concerns with the RTG and the desert is a great place to land a potentially dangerous space craft
due to large, flat areas and lack of population. The final result was a course that pointed more or
less at Texas, but that could be adjusted easily by changing one, two, or all three of the arbitrary
parameters to select a different landing site.
10.5.2 Control Law Theory and Development
Having a good trajectory is meaningless if the spacecraft doesn’t follow it. SPEAR could
be controlled by its RCS system throughout the flight and then additionally by its flap once in the
atmosphere, where control, rather than just trajectory, matters. In the methods handout, a basic
PID controller which modulated bank only and held angle of attack constant was described. The
proportional control would change bank to create positive lift if the craft was below some target
altitude, and would create negative lift if above the target altitude. Damping was added with
derivative control based on the rate of altitude change, and integral control could be added,
though it wasn’t recommended as it would generally cause system instability. The basic
185
![Page 186: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/186.jpg)
equation for a PID control law is shown below in Equation 5. Here, u(t) is the control effort,
which is added to the current bank angle to produce the resulting bank after control. Also, e(t) is
the error signal and kp, kd, and ki are the proportional, derivative, and integral gains, respectively.
Equation 5: Basic PID Control Law
The first control law tried for Earth re-entry was quite different from this. It was a PD
controller (ki = 0) which modulated angle of attack based on velocity and acceleration and only
altered bank angle to weave left and right to lose more energy than a steady flight would. The
reasoning behind this was that at such high entry angles, positive lift would be needed at all
times to keep SPEAR from crashing. Also, acceleration was used as a control parameter as it
was to be minimized. This did not actually work, though, as it tended to produce a skip
trajectory as seen in Figure 15 below. When the trajectory was forced to remain within the
atmosphere via careful modulation of the entry angle and controller gains, as seen in Figure 16,
the deceleration forces encountered were high enough to require changes to the spacecraft
structure, a result that was undesirable as it affected the mission negatively.
186
![Page 187: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/187.jpg)
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 40000
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9x 10
5
Time (seconds)
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
Altitude vs. Time
AltitudeEdge of Atmosphere
Figure 15: Example of Skip Trajectory
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 9000
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9x 10
5
Time (seconds)
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
Altitude vs. Time
AltitudeEdge of Atmosphere
Figure 16: Example of Successful Velocity Controller
187
![Page 188: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/188.jpg)
This type of control obviously wasn’t ideal, so a new controller based on the 3-part
altitude curve was then developed. Like the example controller, it modulated bank to maintain a
desired altitude. This controller also had control over angle of attack, though, as that would
provide finer control of the rate of decent. While the entire commented code for the finished
controller can be found in the Control Law section of traj.f on the program code CD, the basic
control law logic is as follows:
SPEAR began re-entry inverted and at maximum stable angle of attack Once a low enough altitude had been reached for the controller to be effective, it was switched on If SPEAR was above the target altitude, the proportional controller would cause the bank to tend towards inverted, producing negative lift. If it was below, the bank would tend towards positive lift. Angle of attack was used to modulate rate of change in altitude, based on derivative control and the size of the error signal Integral control was used only slightly to reduce steady state error, and affected the angle of attack All gains were determined experimentally
The resulting final controller produced results as seen in Figure 17 below. The controller
actions (bank and angle of attack) for all iterations are available in Appendix B.
188
![Page 189: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/189.jpg)
300 400 500 600 700 800 9000.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5x 10
5 Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
AltitudeEdge of AtmosphereControl Altitude
Figure 17: Example of Course from Final Controller
10.5.3 Optimization Method
The trajectory optimization process for each rendition of SPEAR followed a logical
process to determine each of the unknowns experimentally. First, the initial radius from Earth
was determined by flying at a constant inverted bank at maximum stable angle of attack. The
goal at this phase was to produce a trajectory with minimal entry flight path angle and a course
that leveled off rather than trying to skip up. Once this was determined, the angles and intercepts
of the control altitude lines were selected to match the natural course with minimal turning to
minimize G-forces. The final leg had a smaller slope than the natural slope so SPEAR would
enter a glide upon exiting hypersonic flight at the end of the simulation. Since the controller
gains were optimized previously during controller creation, only these angles and intercepts had
189
![Page 190: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/190.jpg)
to be tweaked to produce an optimal re-entry path. The results of the heating simulation were
then sent to TPS to adjust the required TPS for the next iteration and the loading results were
sent to structures.
10.6 Iterations and Results
As stated before, SPEAR itself was designed using an iterative process. Each step, based
on inputs from all design areas, altered the dimensions and other characteristics of the vehicle
toward the final design. The course of these changes is outlined in (reference) below. Note: For
Iteration 7, the dry (no fuel) values for mass and Cg were calculated for Earth. All other
Iterations used the same values on all three planets. Values marked in red were altered to allow
stable Earth re-entry on that iteration. Iteration 3 was abandoned because the Mars and Venus
missions failed.
Table 5: Vehicle Parameters for EarthIteration # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Plate Length [m] 5.558 3.825 N/A 3.050 3.524 3.575 3.575Extension Length [m] 0.300 0.300 N/A 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300
Flap Chord [m] 0.250 0.250 N/A 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250Plate Width [m] 1.632 1.644 N/A 1.233 1.233 1.250 1.250Nose Radius [m] 0.005 0.005 N/A 0.005 0.001 0.001 0.001
Included Wedge Angle [deg] 8.000 8.000 N/A 5.000 4.000 4.000 4.000Axial Cg Location [m] 2.966 2.20 N/A 1.678 1.920 1.970 1.985
Vertical Cg Location [m] 0.014 0.0017 N/A 0.026 0.024 0.027 0.030Vehicle Mass [m] 527.0 536.0 N/A 232.0 286.0 366.0 325.0
For the first iterations, the controller was completely angle of attack based. Though the
re-entries met the requirements for heating, deceleration forces, and end state, the heating was
uneven. This was due to the tendency to skip and therefore the TPS usage was difficult to
analyze properly. These were iteration ‘0’, though, and did not influence vehicle design, only
190
![Page 191: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/191.jpg)
controller design. See Figure 15 and Figure 16 above for examples of this preliminary
controller.
For iterations 1 through 7, the altitude controller in varying stages of completeness was
used. Also, the wedge code was used, so these iterations represent as accurate a simulation as
possible. In some cases, the Cg location given by systems and verified by aerodynamics resulted
in an insufficient stable angle of attack range, so a different Cg location had to be selected.
Later, at iteration 6, it was discovered that these discrepancies were due to an error in the
aerodynamics code, which was fixed for iteration 7, so prior to this the stable ranges were not
accurate, though this did not affect the ability of SPEAR to re-enter Earth as fixing the code only
increased the size of the range, it didn’t change it. The changes in the stability ranges can be
observed by comparing the stability range from the earlier iterations to that from iteration 7.
These plots are available in Appendix B. The stable range is marked by a vertical black line on
the maximum angle of attack and another on the minimum angle of attack if it isn’t just the
wedge angle. A Cg location is stable when the moment coefficient is zero with a negative slope.
After optimizing the controller each time, the heating data was sent to TPS for analysis
and the G-force loading data was sent to structures. The plots for the stagnation point
temperature (a simplification of the entire heating data file) and the loading are also available in
Appendix B for all iterations.
On the final iteration, the landing area was computed. This was done by creating 4 plots
with the same vehicle. One where the bank angle oscillated from left to right during the decent,
losing as much energy as possible as quickly as possible without taking too much loading, and
finding the shortest flight path. Running the simulation again without the weaving resulted in the
longest flight path. To find the side-to-side range, right-banking and left-banking trajectories
191
![Page 192: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/192.jpg)
were also run. These four were then plotted together, and can be found in Figure 19. The area
outlined is not actually the landing area, but rather the area over which the craft can be made to
transition from hypersonic to supersonic velocities. The arrows indicate that SPEAR would
continue gliding further to finally land, possibly in Texas or somewhere else in the south-western
United States. The final trajectory is shown in Figure 18.
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 5500.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5x 10
5 Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
AltitudeEdge of AtmosphereControl Altitude
Figure 18: Final Re-Entry Trajectory
192
![Page 193: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/193.jpg)
226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233
15.5
16
16.5
17
17.5
18
18.5
19
19.5
Range at Hypersonic Speeds
Longitude (degrees East of Prime Meridian)
Latit
ude
(deg
rees
nor
th o
f Equ
ator
)
Shortest Range (weaving)Left-most RangeRight-most RangeLongest Range (steady)
Figure 19: Hypersonic Exit Area
10.7 Conclusion
Direct re-entry of SPEAR through Earth’s atmosphere to land on the ground turned out to
be quite possible. The final optimized trajectory met all the requirements for deceleration
loading, heating, TPS usage, landing area, and simplicity of trajectory. It also did so reliably
even when an incorrect stable range of angles of attack was provided. Though the re-entry
would be more ideal if the velocity was lower at atmospheric entry (so the entry angle could be
made less), it was still possible to re-enter without excessive heating, contrary to initial
speculation from the methods description. In the end, the Earth re-entry phase of the mission
was not only successful itself, but it also was successful without hindering the Mars and Venus
phases of SPEAR’s mission.
193
![Page 194: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/194.jpg)
10.8 References
[10.1] Meltzer, J., Rossoff, J., and Slaughter, J. I., “Structure and Materials Aspects of
the PRIME Flight Test Vehicle”, El Segundo Aerospace Corporation, December 31, 1965
[10.2] Smith, Tracy, “Aerogravity Assist Trajectories for Mars-Venus Sample Return
Missions”, October 2005
[10.3] Tauber, Michael E. and Lily Yang, “Performance Comparisons of Maneuvering
Vehicles Returning from Orbit”, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California, July –
August 1998
194
![Page 195: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/195.jpg)
11 Systems Engineering – Michael Moessner
11.1 Introduction
The first step in the systems portion of the design process was to determine spacecraft
components necessary to meet mission requirements. Scientific components, propulsion, data
communication, avionics, instrumentation, and power components would be necessary to
complete the mission. The wedge shape decided on made the location and sizing of all
components difficult for several reasons. The wedge did not allow any components to be placed
far forward since the internal height was too small. This issue was exacerbated over the course of
the design process, as the wedge angle became continually smaller causing the amount of empty
space in the forward section to increase. Also, the components were chosen based on the initial
assumption that they should be as light and small as possible. Small size remained important
through the design process, but the small mass did not. As the iterations went forward, it became
necessary to increase the mass of the spacecraft in order, to get a better ballistic coefficient
trajectory and to decrease the angle of the wedge in order to fly at smaller angles of attack.
11.2 Components
The only scientific component for the mission is the scoop used to collect atmospheric
samples. The GCMS used in the Huygens spacecraft was chosen although it not only collects but
analyzes the samples as well. The dimensions for the scoop were 200 x 200 x 206 mm and it had
the mass of 6.7 kg. Two scoops were installed for redundancy. Four sample containers were
added in order to provide storage for the atmospheric samples obtained by the scoop. It is
possible for more storage containers to be added if deemed necessary.
195
![Page 196: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/196.jpg)
The components for propulsion include the thrusters and tanks provided in the Propulsion
section. The total mass of propellant was about 40 kg by the last iteration. The tanks were sized
using a program provided by propulsion. Current mass of the spacecraft was input and mass of
propellant was outputted by the program.
The data communications for the spacecraft did not need to be very powerful since only a
small amount of data needed to be transferred back to Earth. The AeroAstro X-Band
Transponder was chosen. The dimensions of the transponder are .1524 x .0762 x .0762 m and
had the mass of 850g. An AeroAstro S-band transmitter, receiver was also chosen to make
communications possible over a larger range of bandwidths. The S-Band transmitter is .025
x .076 x .051 m, and the mass is .2 kg. Although the transponder and transmitter may not be
powerful enough for Spear’s mission they are a minimal size for estimation. Antennas should be
added in future, but were neglected for simplicity.
The computer chosen was as the AeroAstro MicroCore Avionics Module. The
dimensions of the avionics module are 30 x 28 x 17 cm and mass of 12.7kg. It was chosen based
on the assumption that this mission will require only a small amount of computing power and
that its small size was more important. A larger more powerful computer may become necessary
if computing power becomes more important in the future designs.
The positioning instrumentation chosen was the AeroAstro Miniature Star Tracker and
AeroAstro Medium Sun Sensors. Positioning instrumentation maybe needed for maneuvers. The
dimensions of the Star Tracker are 5.4 x 5.4 x 7.6cm, and the mass is 300 grams. The miniature
star tracker was chosen since it and seemed to be a good minimum range of the technology, and
more importantly for its small size. The AeroAsrto Medium Sun Sensors added to gain higher
positioning accuracy. There were 3 sun sensors added, each with a mass of 36 g 3.5 cm in
196
![Page 197: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/197.jpg)
diameter and a height of 1 cm. The mission may or may not require more exact positioning but
the minimum size of the star tracker and sun sensors were determined to be more important for
the current iterations.
The linear motor chosen to operate the flap was the Aerotech BLMH Series Linear
Motor. Its mass is 4.376kg and is .051 x .36 x .087m. It is capable of a continuous force up to
822N, and a peak force of 3288N. A single motor may not be able to move the flap, but using
two motors should be sufficient. The Linear Motor was chosen mainly as a placeholder, in mass
and size for a more space worthy and lower power method of controlling the flap.
The power for Spear was originally provided by a General Purpose Heat Source
Radioisotope Thermal Generator, used in Cassini. This power source was chosen since it can
provide 570W at launch. The dimensions of the GPHS RTG are 114cm in length and have a
diameter of 42.2 cm; it has a mass of 56 kg.
Figure 11.1
197
![Page 198: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/198.jpg)
Figure 11.1 shows a diagram of the RTG. After several iterations the RTG was linearly
scaled down to reduced the size. The power requirements now for the first time became a
concern. The volume of the original RTG was .159m^3, and provided 570 W of power. Power /
Volume = 3580 W/m^3. The new volume was .02m^3 giving a new power of about 71 W. This
is just adequate so long as the linear motors and X-Band transponder are not on at the same time.
An assumption was made that data transmissions in the atmosphere would be difficult, so the
communications would not be on. The avionics require 50W leaving 21 W for the linear motors
and gyros. Since the RTG from Cassini was old a smaller more powerful RTG should be
researched or found for the mission. The position of the RTG for the final iteration was chosen
based on size only. The location, butted up against the back wall and the avionics module, is very
poor. On Cassini the RTG was on the end of a boom and shielded, this is shown in Figure 11.2.
Shielding will need to be added to protect the other components for the RTG.
Figure 11.2
198
![Page 199: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/199.jpg)
Its present location in Spear may require that the power source choice be reexamined.
Battery power may be sufficient if the spacecraft could be shut down or put into stand by for the
crossing portion of the mission and only activated when entering the atmosphere. Solar power
would only be applicable if a large complicated solar array could be packed and deployed from
inside Spear. A locked solar array, found on most spacecraft, could not be deployed during the
atmospheric maneuvers. Iteration 8 was started to deal with this problem and dealt with systems
only, it was not analyzed.
The nose is made of high temperature ceramic to protect the spacecraft from heat.
Originally attempts were made to reduce the mass of the nose. Eventually the size and mass were
increased to move the center of gravity. By the last iteration the mass overpowered the good it
did for the center of gravity. The mass however was needed, to improve the ballistic coefficient,
so was left in. The density, according to the methods hand out, was between 4.44 to 10.95 gm/cc.
A value of 6800 kg/ m^3 was chosen not for its material characteristics but to correct the cg
location. This density gave the nose the mass of 74kg, which produced the desired cg location.
This may not be right and should be examined again in a more detailed design.
An ablator and insulator was used to protect Spear from the high temperature it would
experience in the atmospheric maneuver. The thicknesses were obtained from TPS and their
masses were determined by the shape and size of the iteration.
Parachutes were added mostly to more accurately model the mass and the center of
gravity of Spear. The mass was obtained from a Mars entry vehicle. This may not be a
reasonable assumption for Spear, since the parachute was to be deployed in Earth and not Mars.
The parachute will need to be reexamined in future development. There were two main
parachutes each .5 x .3 x .1m and 24 kg. There was also a drag chute, with a size of 15 x .2 x .4m
199
![Page 200: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/200.jpg)
and a mass of 19kg. They were added as an estimation of the necessary components weight and
volumes that were neglected.
The components were modeled in CATIA were the basic shapes of the components
sketched and extruded. The bulk densities of the components were calculated to give them the
correct mass in CATIA. The components were assembled in an assembly and the dimensions of
the main body were provided by Structures. Each component was loaded into an assembly file
and placed in relation to each other. Initially, making these components fit in the spacecraft was
not an issue; although the wedge shape made it impossible to put any of the components in the
nose section since it due to the small size.
11. 3 Iterations
The changes made through the iterations are given in Table 11.1. The mass angle, length,
width and x cg location changed as the spacecraft evolved. Iteration 0 consisted of a 20 degree
wedge with a length of 2.413m, a width of 1.64m, and a mass of 357 kg. This iteration was run
and cg location was obtained from Aerodynamics. Figure 11.3 shows the movement of the
helium tanks to accomplish a cg movement from at 1.3m to 1.335 as given by aerodynamics.
Figure 11.3
200
![Page 201: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/201.jpg)
Figure 11.4 and Figure 11.5 shows the component locations in the 20 degree wedge.
Figure 11.4
Figure 11.5
201
![Page 202: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/202.jpg)
The 20 degree wedge was the only wedge angle that allowed the fuel tanks to be placed
on top of each other. The fuel tank location was poor since it was behind the cg, but this was
thought to be acceptable since the original cg location estimates for Earth were forward of the cg
locations needed for Venus and Mars. However, this did not remain true for future iterations.
After iteration 0, the wedge degree was reduced to 5 degrees, for iteration 1. The size of the RTG
required that the length of the spacecraft be increased to 5.852m in order to fit the RTG. After
iteration 1 this size was determined to be too large.
Figure 11.6
Figure 11.6 shows the dimensions for iteration 1. The engines are still stacked on top of
each other, the rear extension is .3 m, and the flap remained .25m. The rear extension was need
during all iterations since the engines were not shielded from the flow by the flap alone.
202
![Page 203: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/203.jpg)
Figure 11.7
Figure 11.7 shows approximant component locations for iteration 1. The helium tanks
remained on the side and the RTG was pushed back to almost the rear wall, while all the
instruments are forward of the bulkhead. After discussion, the instrumentation insulation box
was felt to be unnecessary since the internal vehicle temp was within the instrument operation
range. The tanks were behind the cg and this was a problem that would continue to the end of the
design.
For iteration 2 the length was therefore shrunk to 4.232m, to accomplish this the angle
had to be increased to 8 degrees. This new vehicle was run thru the analyses programs and
determined to still be too large.
Figure 11.8
203
![Page 204: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/204.jpg)
Figure 11.8 shows the dimension of the spacecraft for iteration 2. The engines were
stacked on top of each other. Back extension was .3m and the flap was .25 meters.
Figure 11.9
Figure 11.9 shows the approximate locations for the internal components. The helium
tanks were positioned to obtain the cg location of 1.906m from the front of the spacecraft. The
instruments were still forward of the bulkhead.
The RTG size dictated the length and size of the vehicle until iteration 3 when the
spacecraft was shrunk. This size reduction of the RTG caused several problems with the
locations of the components that became larger then the RTG. With the new smaller RTG the
wedge angle could be retuned to 5 degrees and a shorter length of 3.543m could be
accomplished. The width was also reduced to 1.233m. The smaller wedge angle was necessary to
fly at a lower angle of attack. A 5 degree wedge angle may be unrealistic for the spacecraft of
this length. An 8 or 10 degree minimum wedge angle may have been more realistic but the
smaller angle of attack seemed to be necessary to meet the trajectory conditions.
204
![Page 205: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/205.jpg)
Figure 11.10
Figure 11.10 shows the lengths of iteration 3. The engines were placed side by side
because of the low height in the back. Since the relative size of the engine compared to the
spacecraft was now larger the back extension had to be extended to .55 m to protect them, the
flap length remained .25m. The placement of the engines is poor, since they will impose a
moment when fired due to their location above the cg. Canting them may solve this problem and
should be looked at for the future designs.
Figure 11.11
Figure 11.11 shows the internal components for iteration 3. The location of the engines
was determined solely their size. The fuel tanks radius was reduced so that they would fit in the
205
![Page 206: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/206.jpg)
shorter vehicle. The helium tank changed to be cylindrical since circular tanks could no longer
fit. The RTG stayed at the back of the spacecraft, since its smaller size allowed it to fit in the
smaller vehicle. The RTG in iteration 3, was a problem since it was almost touching the avionics
and scoops. This was done to accomplish the smaller size, despite the problems associated with
this choice, such as overheating the equipment.
Iteration 4 the main engines were changed using new data from propulsion. The mass
was reduced as the length of the Spear was reduced to 3.292m the width was still 1.233m.
Figure 11.12
Figure 11.12 shows the side view and vehicle dimensions.
Figure 11.13
206
![Page 207: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/207.jpg)
Figure 13 shows the top view of iteration 4 where, the back extension was reduced to .3m
and the flap remained .25m.
The new measurements for iteration 5 were a length of 3.974m and the mass was 286 kg.
The wedge angle was 4 degrees.
Figure 11.14
Figure 11.14 shows the internal components for iteration 5. The tanks have changed to
represent the new mass; the helium tank volume was also reduced to better represent the amount
of helium that was needed.
Iteration 6 was to be the last iteration so the mass needed to be increased, to help the
ballistic coefficient for trajectory. A table of mass and cg location for each component is given in
Table 11.2, and a mass breakup given in Figure 11.25. This mass increase was accomplished by
the addition of parachutes. Parachutes were necessary for Earth recovery. The method of
parachute deployment was discussed and determined to be outside the scope of Spear design.
With the parachutes there was no internal space to move components to adjust the cg location.
207
![Page 208: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/208.jpg)
The new cg location provided by aerodynamic were met by adding a drogue chute on the back
extension between the main engines.
Figure 11.16
Figure 11.16 shows the new dimensions of iteration 6, they were length 4.125m width
1.25m, a mass of 399kg and, a 4 degree wedge angle. It was determined that an additional
iteration was necessary due to a final problem with the code not matching.
Figure 11.17
Figure 11.17 shows the top view and component location of iteration 6. The location of the cg
was 1.847 m behind the nose. After a cg range was supplied by aerodynamics, an attempt was
208
![Page 209: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/209.jpg)
made to see if the new cg location due to the absence of fuel would affect the earth entry. The cg
moved to 1.79m behind the front of the nose. This was still in the acceptable cg range.
For iteration 7, the size of Spear would not change but the cg needed to be moved, the cg
location and masses are given in Table 11.3 and mass break down given by Figure 11.26.
Figure 11.19
Figure 11.19 is a view representation of interaction 7. With parachutes taking up all
available room changing the cg location this was accomplished by changing the density of the
UHTC. Although it was not realistic to change materials at this late stage of design, given the
large range of density this change was deemed acceptable as it was necessary to find the cg
location. No information was provided about the nose therefore its size was determined only by
the geometry of the structure and TPS. Since a UHTC geometry , or material had not been
decided, the density was changed to obtain the final stable cg location.
209
![Page 210: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/210.jpg)
Figure 11.20
Figure 11.20 shows the top view of the location of the internal components. The
components and their locations did not change because of the size of the structure stayed the
same.
Figure 11.21
Figure 11.22 shows the side view and the dimensions of the spacecraft. The fuel was
removed to show the cg location for the Earth reentry.
After examining iteration 7 and the fuel and RTG position, several improvements were
made for a starting point of iteration 8. Figure 11.23 shows the dimensions for iteration 8, it was
4.525m long.
210
![Page 211: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/211.jpg)
Figure 11.23
Iteration 8 was not run, but it has several advantages over iteration 7 for systems.
Figure 11.24
Figure 11.24 shows the component locations for iteration 8. The RTG is now separated
from the instruments by the bulkhead. The cg, which would have to changes to be stable, is in
the center of the fuel tanks.
11.4 Conclusion
If more iteration were to be run, attempts could be made to find cg locations for each
planet based on the amount of ablator lost as well as the amount of fuel lost. It was not
attempted; however since the ablator was assumed to ablate all the same so as not to effect the cg
location. Reaction control thrusters would also need to be added to the model and the RTG
would be re-examined and possibly changed again. More scientific components could be added
211
![Page 212: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/212.jpg)
to in order to increase the scientific value of the mission. More communication equipment would
be added in order to facilitate two way communications. These components need to be specified
farther along in the design stage, but were neglected at the design level of the current iteration
due to simplicity.
The wedge shape could also be reexamined and a bifurcated wedge could be used to
allow larger components as well as a lower flight path angle. From a systems point of view, a
small angle is only practical if the length is allowed to increase to contain the necessary systems
which might hamper the cg location. If restrictions are place on the length, the angle should be
increased to allow a larger volume for the components.
Figure 11.25
212
![Page 213: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/213.jpg)
Figure 11.26
Table 11.1
Iteration mass(kg) angle(degree) length(m) width(m) X C.G. (m)0 357 20 2.413 1.64 1.3351 527 5 5.852 1.632 2.9662 536 8 4.232 1.644 1.9063 285 5 3.543 1.233 1.4474 232 5 3.292 1.233 1.6785 286 4 3.974 1.233 1.6566 399 4 4.125 1.25 1.8477 365 4 4.125 1.25 2.022
213
![Page 214: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/214.jpg)
Table 11.2
iteration 6component mass y x zSPEAR 399 0 1.851 0.027RTG 7 0 3.22 0.013MMH 15 0 2.234 0.013NTO 24 0 2.384 0.013MMH tank 1.172 0 2.234 0.013NTO tank 1.172 0 2.384 0.013Engine 6.972 -0.3 3.676 -0.037Engine 6.972 0.3 3.676 -0.037flap 5.753 0 3.759 0.139linear motor(right) 4.376 -0.546 3.107 0.065linear motor(left) 4.376 0.545 3.107 0.065nose 109 0 0.068 0.026insulator body 11.882 0 2.087 0.076helium 0.046 0 2.084 0.013helium tank 1.119 0 2.084 0.013TPS 38.586 0 2.083 0.087Avionics 12.954 0 2.93 0.013gyro 6 0.487 1.88 0.013gyro 6 -0.488 1.88 0.013gyro 6 0 1.88 0.013scoop (left) 7 0.4 3.177 0.013scoop (right) 7 -0.4 3.177 0.013Sample (right) 0.347 -0.301 2.943 0.013Sample (left) 0.347 0.301 2.943 0.013Transponder 0.85 -0.001 1.447 0.013Data thermal 0.6 0 0.704 0.013star tracker 0.3 0 1.628 0.013S-band 0.2 0 0.801 0.013sun sensor 0.1 0.006 1.569 -0.029parachute 24 -0.25 2.62 0.013parachute 24 0.25 2.62 0.013small parachute 19 0 3.409 0.013main body 26.734 0 2.069 0.062
214
![Page 215: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/215.jpg)
Table 11.3Iteration 7component mass y x z
SPEAR 399 0 2.022 0.028RTG 7 0 3.22 0.013MMH 15 0 2.234 0.013NTO 24 0 2.384 0.013
MMH tank 1.172 0 2.234 0.013NTO tank 1.172 0 2.384 0.013
Engine 6.972 -0.3 3.676 -0.037Engine 6.972 0.3 3.676 -0.037
flap 5.753 0 3.759 0.139linear motor(right) 4.376 -0.546 3.107 0.065linear motor(left) 4.376 0.545 3.107 0.065
nose 74 0 -0.032 0.026insulator body 11.882 0 2.087 0.076
helium 0.046 0 2.084 0.013helium tank 1.119 0 2.084 0.013
TPS 38.586 0 2.083 0.087Avionics 12.954 0 2.93 0.013
gyro 6 0.487 1.88 0.013gyro 6 -0.488 1.88 0.013gyro 6 0 1.88 0.013
scoop (left) 7 0.4 3.177 0.013scoop (right) 7 -0.4 3.177 0.013
Sample (right) 0.347 -0.301 2.943 0.013Sample (left) 0.347 0.301 2.943 0.013Transponder 0.85 -0.001 1.447 0.013Data thermal 0.6 0 0.704 0.013star tracker 0.3 0 1.628 0.013
S-band 0.2 0 0.801 0.013sun sensor 0.1 0.006 1.569 -0.029parachute 24 -0.25 2.62 0.013parachute 24 0.25 2.62 0.013
small parachute 19 0 3.409 0.013main body 27.813 0 2.122 0.059top body 18.671 0 1.784 -0.044
215
![Page 216: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/216.jpg)
References
Methods Handout
www.atomicinsights.com (sep96 Cassini)
http://www.aeroastro.com/datasheets.php
X-Band Transponder
MicroCore Avionics Module
Miniature Star Tracker www.aerotech.com
BLMH Series Linear Motors
http://marsrovers.jpl.nasa.gov/mission/spacecraft_edl_parachute.html
AIAA-90-3854
AIAA-89-0097
216
![Page 217: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/217.jpg)
Appendix A - Aeroheating
Mars: Figure 2.1 above and Figure 2.2 below
217
![Page 218: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/218.jpg)
Venus: Figure 2.3 above and Figure 2.4 below
218
![Page 219: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/219.jpg)
Earth: Figure 2.5 above and Figure 2.6 below
219
![Page 220: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/220.jpg)
Mars: Figure 2.7
Venus: Figure 2.8
220
![Page 221: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/221.jpg)
Earth: Figure 2.9
221
![Page 222: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/222.jpg)
Varying flap length
Trial Number10/20/2005 - 22
10/20/2005 - 23
10/20/2005 - 24
10/20/2005 - 25
10/20/2005 - 26
Vehicle Parameters
Angle of Attack 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00Flight Path Angle -15.5 -15.5 -15.5 -15.5
Length of Plate (m) 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8Flap Chord (m) 0.275 0.3 0.325 0.35 0.4
Width of Plate (m) 2 2 2 2Radius of Nose (m) 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 Cannot
Axial CG Location (m) 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 trim withVertical CG Location (m) 0 0 0 0 greater
flaplength
OutputsMax Stag Wall Heat Flux
(J/m^2*s) 16626.6 16626.6 16626.6 16626.6at time (s) 2031 2031 2031 2031 Cannot
Max Stag Wall Temp (K) 278.1683 278.1683 278.1683 278.1683 trim withTime in Atmosphere (s) 1129 1129 1129 1129 greater
Time in Atmosphere (min) 18.82 18.82 18.82 18.82 flapMinimum Altitude (km) 75.775 75.775 75.775 75.775 lengthDepth into Atmosphere 24.225 24.225 24.225 24.225
Changed the flap length from .275 to .4 did not significantly alter the heating but made ituntrimmable when the flap was too large
Figure 2.10
222
![Page 223: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/223.jpg)
500 1000 1500 2000 25000
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3x 10
4 Wall heat flux (dTw /dt) vs Time (s)
Time (s)
Wal
l hea
t flu
x (J
/m2 *s
)
qw stag
q2
q3
q4
q5
q6
q7
q8
q9
q10
Trade Study: Figure 2.11
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320Wall Temp (K) vs Time (s)
Time (s)
Wal
l Tem
p (K
)
Tw stag
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
T8
T9
T10
Trade Studies: Figure 2.12
223
![Page 224: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/224.jpg)
Appendix B - Plots for all Earth Re-Entry Iterations
alpha, deg.
cmcg
10 20 30 40 50 60 70-0.002
-0.001
0
0.001
0.002
Frame 001 03 Dec 2005 AEROPROP, lcg= 2.9660 ycg= 0.01 lplate= 5.56 lflap= 0.25 rnose=0.0050
Figure 20: Stability for Iteration 1
300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 7504
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14x 10
4 Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
AltitudeEdge of AtmosphereControl Altitude
Figure 21: Iteration 1 Flight Path
224
![Page 225: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/225.jpg)
300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 7500
1
2x 10
4 Temperature and Velocity vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Vel
ocity
(met
ers/
seco
nd)
300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 7500
500
1000
Sta
gnat
ion
Poi
nt T
emp
(Kel
vin)
Figure 22: Iteration 1 Heating
300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750-6
-4
-2
0
2
4Deceleration Force and its Direction
Time (seconds)
Flig
ht P
ath
Ang
le (d
eg)
300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750-8
-6
-4
-2
0
2
Dec
eler
atio
n Fo
rce
(Gs)
Figure 23: Iteration 1 Loading
225
![Page 226: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/226.jpg)
300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 75020
22
24Angle of Attack and Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Ang
le o
f Atta
ck (d
eg)
300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 7500
1
2x 10
5
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
Figure 24: Iteration 1 Angle of Attack
300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 7500
1
2x 10
5 Bank Angle and Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 7500
100
200
Ban
k A
ngle
(deg
)
Figure 25: Iteration 1 Bank Angle
226
![Page 227: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/227.jpg)
alpha, deg.
cmcg
10 20 30 40 50 60 70-0.02
-0.01
0
0.01
0.02
Frame 001 13 Nov 2005 AEROPROP, lcg= 2.2000 ycg= 0.00 lplate= 3.83 lflap= 0.25 rnose=0.0050
Figure 26: Stability for Iteration 2
300 350 400 450 500 550 6004
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14x 10
4 Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
AltitudeEdge of AtmosphereControl Altitude
Figure 27: Iteration 2 Flight Path
227
![Page 228: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/228.jpg)
300 350 400 450 500 550 6000
5000
10000
15000Temperature and Velocity vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Vel
ocity
(met
ers/
seco
nd)
300 350 400 450 500 550 600200
400
600
800
Sta
gnat
ion
Poi
nt T
emp
(Kel
vin)
Figure 28: Iteration 2 Heating
300 350 400 450 500 550 600-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0Deceleration Force and its Direction
Time (seconds)
Flig
ht P
ath
Ang
le (d
eg)
300 350 400 450 500 550 600-8
-6
-4
-2
0
2
Dec
eler
atio
n Fo
rce
(Gs)
Figure 29: Iteration 2 Loading
228
![Page 229: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/229.jpg)
300 350 400 450 500 550 60036
36.2
36.4
36.6
36.8
37
37.2
37.4
37.6
37.8
38Angle of Attack and Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Ang
le o
f Atta
ck (d
eg)
300 350 400 450 500 550 6004
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14x 10
4
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
Figure 30: Iteration 2 Angle of Attack
300 350 400 450 500 550 6000
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2x 10
5 Bank Angle and Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
300 350 400 450 500 550 6000
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
Ban
k A
ngle
(deg
)
Figure 31: Iteration 2 Bank Angle
229
![Page 230: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/230.jpg)
alpha, deg.
cmcg
10 20 30 40 50 60-0.02
-0.01
0
0.01
0.02
Frame 001 17 Nov 2005 lcg=2.035 ycg=0.0250 lplate=3.356 lext=0.550 lflap= 0.25 rnose=0.0050 inclang= 5.00
Figure 32: Stability for Iteration 3 (not used)
*Note* Iteration 3 was abandoned, no plots available
alpha, deg.
cmcg
10 20 30 40 50 60-0.02
-0.01
0
0.01
0.02
Frame 001 20 Nov 2005 lcg=1.678 ycg=0.0260 lplate=3.050 lext=0.300 lflap= 0.25 rnose=0.0050 inclang= 5.00
Figure 33: Stability for Iteration 4
230
![Page 231: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/231.jpg)
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 11000.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5x 10
5 Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
AltitudeEdge of AtmosphereControl Altitude
Figure 34: Iteration 4 Flight Path
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 11000
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2x 10
4 Temperature and Velocity vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Vel
ocity
(met
ers/
seco
nd)
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 11000
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
Sta
gnat
ion
Poi
nt T
emp
(Kel
vin)
Figure 35: Iteration 4 Heating
231
![Page 232: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/232.jpg)
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
1
2Deceleration Force and its Direction
Time (seconds)
Flig
ht P
ath
Ang
le (d
eg)
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100-3.5
-3
-2.5
-2
-1.5
-1
-0.5
0
0.5
Dec
eler
atio
n Fo
rce
(Gs)
Figure 36: Iteration 4 Loading
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 110036
36.2
36.4
36.6
36.8
37
37.2
37.4
37.6
37.8
38Angle of Attack and Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Ang
le o
f Atta
ck (d
eg)
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 11000.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5x 10
5
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
Figure 37: Iteration 4 Angle of Attack
232
![Page 233: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/233.jpg)
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 11000.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5x 10
5 Bank Angle and Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 11000
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
Ban
k A
ngle
(deg
)
Figure 38: Iteration 4 Bank Angle
alpha, deg.
cmcg
10 20 30 40 50 60-0.02
-0.01
0
0.01
0.02
Frame 001 20 Nov 2005 lcg=1.920 ycg=0.0240 lplate=3.524 lext=0.300 lflap= 0.25 rnose=0.0010 inclang= 4.00
Figure 39: Stability for Iteration 5
233
![Page 234: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/234.jpg)
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 13003
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13x 10
4 Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
AltitudeEdge of AtmosphereControl Altitude
Figure 40: Iteration 5 Flight Path
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 13000
5000
10000
15000Temperature and Velocity vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Vel
ocity
(met
ers/
seco
nd)
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 13000
500
1000
1500
Sta
gnat
ion
Poi
nt T
emp
(Kel
vin)
Figure 41: Iteration 5 Heating
234
![Page 235: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/235.jpg)
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
10Deceleration Force and its Direction
Time (seconds)
Flig
ht P
ath
Ang
le (d
eg)
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300-4
-3
-2
-1
0
1
2
Dec
eler
atio
n Fo
rce
(Gs)
Figure 42: Iteration 5 Loading
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 13005
10
15
20
25
30
35Angle of Attack and Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Ang
le o
f Atta
ck (d
eg)
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 13002
4
6
8
10
12
14x 10
4
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
Figure 43: Iteration 5 Angle of Attack
235
![Page 236: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/236.jpg)
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 13000
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2x 10
5 Bank Angle and Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300-200
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
Ban
k A
ngle
(deg
)
Figure 44: Iteration 5 Bank Angle
alpha, deg.
cmcg
10 20 30 40 50 60-0.02
-0.01
0
0.01
0.02
Frame 001 21 Nov 2005 lcg=1.970 ycg=0.0270 lplate=3.575 lext=0.300 lflap= 0.25 rnose=0.0010 inclang= 4.00
Figure 45: Stability for Iteration 6
236
![Page 237: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/237.jpg)
300 400 500 600 700 800 9000.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5x 10
5 Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
AltitudeEdge of AtmosphereControl Altitude
Figure 46: Iteration 6 Flight Path
300 400 500 600 700 800 9000
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2x 10
4 Temperature and Velocity vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Vel
ocity
(met
ers/
seco
nd)
300 400 500 600 700 800 9000
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
Sta
gnat
ion
Poi
nt T
emp
(Kel
vin)
Figure 47: Iteration 6 Heating
237
![Page 238: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/238.jpg)
300 400 500 600 700 800 900-10
-5
0
5Deceleration Force and its Direction
Time (seconds)
Flig
ht P
ath
Ang
le (d
eg)
300 400 500 600 700 800 900-4
-3
-2
-1
0
1
2
Dec
eler
atio
n Fo
rce
(Gs)
Figure 48: Iteration 6 Loading
300 400 500 600 700 800 90047
47.2
47.4
47.6
47.8
48
48.2
48.4
48.6
48.8
49Angle of Attack and Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Ang
le o
f Atta
ck (d
eg)
300 400 500 600 700 800 9000.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5x 10
5
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
Figure 49: Iteration 6 Angle of Attack
238
![Page 239: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/239.jpg)
300 400 500 600 700 800 9000.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5x 10
5 Bank Angle and Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
300 400 500 600 700 800 900-200
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
Ban
k A
ngle
(deg
)
Figure 50: Iteration 6 Bank Angle
alpha, deg.
cmcg
10 20 30 40 50 60-0.004
-0.002
0
0.002
0.004
0.006
0.008
Frame 001 30 Nov 2005 lcg=1.985 ycg=0.0300 lplate=3.575 lext=0.300 lflap= 0.25 rnose=0.0010 inclang= 4.00
Figure 51: Stability for Iteration 7 (Earth Specific)
239
![Page 240: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/240.jpg)
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 5500.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5x 10
5 Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
AltitudeEdge of AtmosphereControl Altitude
Figure 52: Iteration 7 Flight Path
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 5500
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2x 10
4 Temperature and Velocity vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Vel
ocity
(met
ers/
seco
nd)
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 5500
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
Sta
gnat
ion
Poi
nt T
emp
(Kel
vin)
Figure 53: Iteration 7 Heating
240
![Page 241: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/241.jpg)
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
1Deceleration Force and its Direction
Time (seconds)
Flig
ht P
ath
Ang
le
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550-3.5
-3
-2.5
-2
-1.5
-1
-0.5
0
0.5
Dec
eler
atio
n Fo
rce
(Gs)
Figure 54: Iteration 7 Loading
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 55056
56.2
56.4
56.6
56.8
57
57.2
57.4
57.6
57.8
58Angle of Attack and Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Ang
le o
f Atta
ck (d
eg)
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 5500.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5x 10
5
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
Figure 55: Iteration 7 Angle of Attack
241
![Page 242: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/242.jpg)
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 5500.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5x 10
5 Bank Angle and Altitude vs. Time
Time (seconds)
Alti
tude
(met
ers)
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550-200
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
Ban
k A
ngle
(deg
)
Figure 56: Iteration 7 Bank Angle
242
![Page 243: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/243.jpg)
Appendix C – Orbital Mechanics Background
Table C.1: Orbital Elements provided by Dr. Howell, Purdue University (AAE 532)
243
![Page 244: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/244.jpg)
Table C.2: Simulation Parameters - Mars
Mars ConstantsRadius (m) 3397000Gravitational constant (m^3/s^2) 4.282837E+13Angular velocity (rad/s) 7.088218E-05Acceleration at surface (m/s^2) 3.84
Trajectory Information (Provided by Tracy Smith, a graduate student of Dr. Longuski)Inertial velocity at minus ∞ (m/s) x-direction: 7877.223154 y-direction: 1059.25892 z-direction: 237.393748 Inertial velocity at plus ∞ (m/s) x-direction: 2281.674584 y-direction: -3142.862266 z-direction: -4072.837473 Initial radius (m) 3847000Desired radius (m) 3847246.844Initial inertial velocity (m/s) 9246.342009Final inertial velocity (m/s) 7344.211183Initial flight path angle (deg) -25.4329492Final flight path angle (deg) 23.93952178
Trajectory Information (assumed for equatorial motion)Initial latitude (deg) 0Initial longitude (deg) 0Initial heading (deg) 0
Trajectory Information (preprocessed)Change in longitude (deg) 106.2969
244
![Page 245: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/245.jpg)
Table C.3: Simulation Parameters - Venus
Venus ConstantsRadius (m) 6051900Gravitational constant (m^3/s^2) 3.248586E+14Angular velocity (rad/s) -2.9932E-07Acceleration at surface (m/s^2) 8.87
Trajectory Information (Provided by Tracy Smith, a graduate student of Dr. Longuski)Inertial velocity at minus ∞ (m/s) x-direction: -2537.21075 y-direction: 4630.96627 z-direction: -3125.00120 Inertial velocity at plus ∞ (m/s) x-direction: -614.22335 y-direction: 2659.53823 z-direction: 4320.43643 Initial radius (m) 6501800.00Desired radius (m) 6501327.98Initial inertial velocity (m/s) 11.72935885Final inertial velocity (m/s) 11.22699679Initial flight path angle (deg) -15.34397464Final flight path angle (deg) 14.93852584
Trajectory Information (assumed for equatorial motion)Initial latitude (deg) 0Initial longitude (deg) 0Initial heading (deg) 0
Trajectory Information (preprocessed)Change in longitude (deg) 60.6610
245
![Page 246: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/246.jpg)
Relating the Turn Angle to the Change in Longitude
Variable Listing
Symbol Definitione Orbital eccentricityv Orbital velocityr Magnitude of radius vector from focus to vehicleβ Angle between radius vector and velocity vectorγ Flight path angleμ Planetary gravitational constantp Semi-latus rectumh Orbit specific angular momentumθ* True anomalyξ, λ Angles defined in Figure V∞ Hyperbolic excess velocityω Argument of periapsisθ Longitude angle
Fundamentals of Orbital Mechanics
The hyperbolic trajectory near a planet has several unique characteristics. First, any
given hyperbolic trajectory is defined by the interplanetary velocity vectors outside of the sphere
of influence of the planet. Tracy Smith provided the radius, velocity magnitude, and flight path
angle for entry and exit of each planet. Utilizing this information, the eccentricity of the
hyperbolic orbit can be found using Equations (Ref 1-1) and by defining the angle β in Figure
1.1:
246
![Page 247: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/247.jpg)
The point in space in which the hyperbolic trajectory passes closest to the planet is
known as periapsis. An imaginary line, known as the line of apsides, may be drawn from the
center of the planet to the periapsis (see Figure 1.2). A point on the hyperbolic trajectory can be
referenced from the line of apsides using true anomaly (θ*). The true anomaly angle is measured
from the line of apsides to the vehicle’s position . The true anomaly of any point along the orbit
can be found by using Equations (Ref. 1-2), (Ref. 1-3), and (Ref. 1-4), solving for θ*:
The true anomalies for the initial and final conditions given by Tracy Smith are found
with these equations. Taking the limit of Equation as r approaches infinity gives an equation for
θ∞*, the true anomaly when the vehicle is outside the sphere of influence of the planet’s
gravitational field. This is shown as Equation :
247
local horizonFigure 1.1
![Page 248: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/248.jpg)
Figure 1.2 above shows the relationships between all the angles of interest in this
problem. The θ∞* angles have already been explained, and the ξ and λ angles are defined by the
dot product of the V∞+ and V∞
- vectors and may be found in Figure 1.2. Equation shows how to
get ξ:
The angle λ is simply 180- ξ, which can be seen from Figure 1.2. Equation shows the
relationship between the rest of the angles in Figure 1.3:
248
Initial line of apsides
λΔω
final line of apsides
ξ
Figure 1.2
![Page 249: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/249.jpg)
It may be hard to see how this works, but Figure 1.3 below is a manipulation of the
angles in Figure 1.2 to make it easier to see how the angles are related:
Figure 1.3
The angle Δω is the difference in the line of apsides from the initial orbit to the final
orbit. Since θ* is measured from the line of apsides in any given orbit, θi* and θf
*, the initial and
final true anomalies, are measured from two different lines of apsides. In order to find the total
longitudinal turn angle between the initial and final states, the change in the line of apsides, Δω,
must simply be added to the true anomalies at the initial and final states. This is quantified in
equation and further clarified in Figure 1.4:
249
θ*-∞
θ*+∞
Δω
λ
![Page 250: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/250.jpg)
Figure 1.4
In the simulation, the code keeps track of the longitude angle, θ, during flight. The code
does not explicitly output θ*, but instead outputs the longitude θ. The change in θ is equal to the
change in θ*, so it isn’t necessary to know the true anomaly. The angle θ can be initialized at the
beginning to be whatever is convenient. For this mission, θ = 0 is the most convenient initial
longitude angle. Once the desired turn angle from the initial to the final conditions is
determined, the longitude angle θ can be utilized to control the vehicle to the desired exit state.
250
Δω
θi*
θf*
Rf
Ri
![Page 251: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/251.jpg)
References
1-1 Equation derived in AAE532, Purdue University. Solution to derivation listed after
references section.
1-2 Equation 1.5-4 in Bate, Mueller, and White. “Fundamentals of Astrodyanmics.” New
York, Dover Publications 1971.
1-3 Equation 1.4-3 in Bate, Mueller, and White. “Fundamentals of Astrodyanmics.” New
York, Dover Publications 1971.
1-4 Equation 1.6-1 in Bate, Mueller, and White. “Fundamentals of Astrodyanmics.” New
York, Dover Publications 1971.
251
![Page 252: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/252.jpg)
Ref Derivation of Eq. 1.1 taken from AAE532, Purdue University Homework Solutions:
252
![Page 253: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/253.jpg)
Appendix D: Three Venus Control Methods
D.1 “if” Statement Method
The basic idea behind the if statement and PID control methods was that specifying a
certain cruise altitude to reduce drag would be the best choice for reaching the exit conditions.
The if statement structure was pretty simple. Here is an example of what it looked like in the
code:
if current altitude > desired altitude then
90º < bank angle ≤ 180º
else if current altitude < desired altitude then
0º ≤ bank angle < 90º
end
The actual value of the bank angle would then be set by how far off from the desired
altitude the vehicle was. This would require more if statements similar to the following:
if current altitude > desired altitude then
if current altitude > desired altitude + 40 km then
bank angle = 130º
else if current altitude > desired altitude + 30 km then
bank angle = 120º
else if current altitude > desired altitude + 20 km then
253
![Page 254: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/254.jpg)
bank angle = 110º
else if current altitude > desired altitude + 10 km then
bank angle = 100º
else
bank angle = 90º
end
end
Because the vehicle flying through the atmosphere at such high speeds is a very sensitive
system, such a crude control method wasn’t doing a very good job of stabilizing the flight. In
order to get more resolution, the altitude difference between each if statement was shortened.
Eventually, this leads to a large number of statements and long, complicated-looking code. This
doesn’t even take into account that the angle of attack isn’t being varied at all, which could at
least double the length of the code needed. This brings us to the next control method attempted.
D.2 PID Controller
This controller will attempt to maintain a constant altitude through the flight and eject the
vehicle from the atmosphere after a desired turn angle has been achieved. This angle is
determined uniquely from the initial and final conditions data provided by Tracey Smith as
discussed above. This angle is designated by the longitude angle that is tracked by the code. A
more in-depth discussion on how to utilize this angle is presented in Appendix C.
To begin with, the AOA is held constant and only the bank angle is varied. It was
assumed at the beginning that flying at the AOA that produces the best L/D would be optimal.
254
![Page 255: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/255.jpg)
Now the control of the vehicle is a single parameter problem that can be designed with the PID
controller. The general equation for the PID is as follows in equation .
In the PID controller, u(t) is the control parameter, which in this case is the bank angle of
the vehicle, kp is the proportional gain, kd is the derivative gain, and ki is the integral gain. In
order to maintain a constant altitude, the following variables were used. The error, e(t), was
calculated by finding the percent difference from the actual altitude to the desired altitude. The
time derivative of the error was calculated by taking the sine of the flight path angle. This works
because the velocity vector can be broken into a vertical and horizontal component. The vertical
component can be considered the change in altitude per unit time, which is the same as the
change in the error per unit time. This vertical component was found by simply taking the sine
of the flight path angle and multiplying by the magnitude of the velocity vector. Finally, the
integral of the error is simply the altitude error at each time step summed up. Equations , , and
make all this more clear.
The controller constants then must be set to certain values that force the bank angle in a
logical way. Based on the understanding of the vehicle control discussed above, the controller
was designed in the following way. The baseline bank angle was set at 90 degrees. The bank
255
![Page 256: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/256.jpg)
angle was then either increased or decrease from this base line depending on whether the lift was
needed in the upward or downward vertical directions. The controller now looks like the
modified PID equation .
Bank angle is σ, and e(t) and E(t) have been replaced by err and Esum respectively. The
final change to the PID equation is a numerical trick to keep the vehicle in the equatorial plane.
Since the lift vector has a horizontal component when the bank angle is either 0 or 180, the
vehicle begins to turn north or south, depending on the direction of the lift. To cancel out this
turning motion, the bank angle is multiplied by -1 each time step, thus the vehicle will turn only
slightly back and forth each time step. Physically, this is ridiculous. This is simply a
computational trick to keep our in-plane assumption. It would be impossible to actually flip the
vehicle completely around every second, but in order to keep the assumption of flight in the
equatorial plane only, this, or a similar method, would have to be utilized. The final version of
the controller now looks like equation below. The index ‘j’ is simply the time step index in the
numerical simulation.
In order for this controller to be effective, controller constant values must be chosen so
that the system is stable and so that the overshoot and steady state error are minimized. The
units of the constants must cancel out the units of the error variables such that the units are in
degrees. Since the error variables have been normalized, they are all unit-less. This means that
the controller constants all have units of degrees.
256
![Page 257: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/257.jpg)
The method for finding the values is simple and tedious. First, the constants are set to
zero. A desired altitude is chosen, and the simulation runs to completion. Next, kp is set at some
constant that will make the bank angle 0 degrees at some arbitrary large positive altitude error
and 180 degrees at some arbitrary large negative altitude error. This constant is then varied until
it stabilizes the trajectory about the desired altitude. With proportional control only, the altitude
violently oscillates about the desired altitude, so derivative control should be added. kd is given a
small initial value and is increased slowly with each new simulation until the large oscillations
are damped out. kp and kd are then both varied slightly until the overshoot and the oscillations
are sufficiently eliminated. Integral control is added to get rid of any steady state error in the
system. With only kp and kd, the solution may stabilize quite well, but it might be at the wrong
desired altitude. A small value of ki is then set and slowly increased until the steady state error is
sufficiently eliminated. A value of ki that is too large can destabilize the system, so it is kept
very small. These constants are by no means set in stone once they work for one vehicle
configuration and one desired altitude. Different altitudes, different lift and drag coefficients,
and different vehicle masses will demand that the constants be changed to accommodate these
variations. Because of this, the PID controller must be modified, if even only slightly, for every
iteration to make sure that the trajectory is stable and is sufficiently close to the desired
trajectory.
The basic trajectory flown follows a similar model to that of Professor Longuski’s
students. Referring back to Figure 7.3, the three sections of flight can be described in the
following way. Through section 1 of the flight, the vehicle AOA is set to the lowest possible
value (the included angle of the wedge) to reduce the drag as much as possible. The bank angle
through this section is set at a constant value between 0º and 180º depending on how high or low
257
![Page 258: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/258.jpg)
in the atmosphere the desired cruise (section 2) altitude is. Section 2 of the flight is where the
PID controller is implemented. The AOA is set to a value that is sufficiently able to control the
vehicle at whatever altitude it has reached for the cruise section. The bank angle is then varied
by the controller to maintain that altitude. It turns out in the end that the integral control isn’t
really necessary. It isn’t critical to maintain the cruise altitude exactly. It is only critical that the
vehicle has nearly zero flight path angle for the duration of the controlled path. The small
amount of steady state error that accumulates is insignificant, so it can be ignored. After the
vehicle has flown through the desired turn angle, the PID controller is turned off and the vehicle
AOA is again minimized and the vehicle is allowed to exit the atmosphere (Section 3). The bank
angle is again set at a constant value, which can be adjusted to make corrections to the exit flight
path angle.
The PID control method did have some major problems though. Figure D.1 below shows
a typical bank angle vs. time profile for a controlled altitude. It would be impossible to expect
the vehicle to change its bank angle so sporadically between 0º and 180º as this plot suggests.
The profile didn’t always turn out like this, but there was no way to know if the bank profile
would be a smooth steady line or if it would be like this one from iteration to iteration. The only
way to avoid such wild vehicle motion was to either revamp the PID control scheme or look at a
different method.
258
![Page 259: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/259.jpg)
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800-0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5Bank Angle vs. Time
Time (s)
Ban
k A
ngle
(rad
)
Figure D.1
D.3 Simplified AOA and Bank Angle Control Scheme
Although the PID controller was a much more sophisticated and powerful method, it
turned out that the trajectory model that matched the exit conditions the best while accumulating
the least amount of drag was a very simple, constant AOA and constant bank angle scheme with
only a few maneuvers. Referring again to Figure 7.3, sections 1 and 3 of the flight are exactly
the same as in the PID control scheme. Instead of using the PID controller during the cruise in
section 2, the vehicle was banked completely at 180º and the angle of attack was set at a
constant. This constant value is found to be the angle of attack that holds the vehicle near zero
flight path angle. Finding this AOA is a tedious process, but not as tedious as adjusting the
controller gains. Basically, if the AOA is slightly larger than what is needed at a particular
altitude, the vehicle will eventually descend into the planet. If the AOA is slightly smaller than
desired, the control of the vehicle is lost and it returns to space much earlier than is desired.
Once an AOA that falls in the controllable range is found, the vehicle is flown until the desired
turn angle is reached and the flight then transitions into section 3. In essence, this method is an
259
![Page 260: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/260.jpg)
even simpler version of the if statement method. The biggest difference is that the code must be
run over and over again until the exact AOA is found. It turns out that this method produces
altitude vs. time plots that are almost identical to the PID controller. The biggest difference is
that the AOA chosen remains very small and the vehicle is not flipped around wildly during the
flight.
260
![Page 261: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/261.jpg)
Appendix E: SODDIT/Matlab interactive code and other SODDIT related Matters
Index
Section 1: SODDIT
1.1 …………………. Input files
1.2 …………………. Block 1
1.3 ………………… Block 5
1.4 …………………. Block 6
1.5 …………………. Block 7
1.6 …………………. Reinitialization
1.7 …………………. Output files
Section 2: MacDermott SODDIT Interaction Files
2.1 …………………. macd_soddit_run.m
2.2 …………………. soddit_control.m
2.3 …………………. macdstuff1.m
2.4 …………………. soddit_between.m
2.5 …………………. mysoddit.m
Section 3: SQP Optimization of Thickness
3.1 …………………. Introduction to SQP
3.2 …………………. aae550proj.m
3.3 …………………. aae550func.m
3.4 …………………. aae550con.m
3.5 …………………. optim_macd_soddit_run.m
261
![Page 262: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/262.jpg)
3.6 …………………. optim_soddit_control.m
Section 1: SODDIT
1.1 Input Files
SODDIT uses input files to read data and set certain conditions. These input files must
be formatted in a certain way. There are 11 blocks for inputs and of these, you will probably use
only the first 7. The SODDIT input files need to be exactly formatted, or SODDIT will not run.
To do this by hand, I suggest using an older file and modifying the parts you need so that they
will do what you want.
1.2 Block 1
Block 1 of the input file has 80 different flags. Each flag turns a portion of SODDIT on
or off. These in turn determine how SODDIT will look at the input file you have inputted
Flag Value What it does
flag 2 0 automatic node generation with same
initial temperature
262
![Page 263: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/263.jpg)
3 specified node generation with
individual thicknesses and temp
flag 4 0 No ablation
3 Ablation
flag 5 0 only _out.txt file given as output
1 adds a _plt.txt file to outputs
flag 16 1 all calculations are assumed to be in SI
.
If you want to know more about the other flags, go ahead and look it up in the soddit manual.
The default value is zero, and I suggest leaving all flags but 2, 4, 5, and 16 as zero and not
messing with them.
1.3 Block 5
Block 5 is the material files. There will be one section for each material used. If you
want two layers made of the same material then there need to be two blocks of the same material.
The outermost material will be the first one listed. The material files must also be formatted
correctly. Once again I suggest that you take an older file, ablating or non, and use that as a
template
For the material files you will need the reference temperature, density, heat of ablation,
and temperature of ablation. Then you will need specific heat, thermal conductivity, emmitance,
263
![Page 264: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/264.jpg)
and absorption values for various temperatures. This is all true of an ablator, for a non-ablator
heat of ablation and temperature of ablation are left as zero.
The file format looks like this:
**rho dhf treff qstar tabl matnam (start past col 41)
4.80e+02 0.0 298. 5.41e+07 588. SLA-561V (ablator)
**temp cp cond emit absrp
2.77778e+02 1.04670e+03 1.19629e-01 .90 1
3.11111e+02 1.17231e+03 1.19629e-01 .90 1
1.94444e+03 1.17231e+03 3.55148e-01 .90 1
-1 5.55556e+03 1.17231e+0 3 3.55148e-01 .90 1
The -1 at the end of the block signals the end of that particular section of the materials file.
1.4 Block 6
Block 6 deals with node generation. This can either be done by soddit when flag 2 = 0 or
it can be done by you with flag 2 = 3.
When you want to do it yourself, you will need to specify an initial temperature for all the nodes
and then the material number, how many nodes for that material, and the thickness of that region.
It will look something like this:
**block 6 automatic node generation data
264
![Page 265: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/265.jpg)
**initial temperature
200
**(mat no) (elements/region) (region thickness)
1 15 0.01000
2 15 0.00318
3 5 0.00800
/end of Block 6 Node generation
If you want to specify the node thickness, temperature, etc… then you need to set flag 2 = 3 and
then set up the initial nodes. To do this you will have to input a node number, the material of
that node, the thickness of that node, the temperature, area, column, and flag. Ignore the area,
column, and flag, and just set up the others as you want.
If you are reinitializing the code then at the very bottom of the _out.txt file you will find a re
initilization block that looks like this:
**(Node) (material node) (thickness) (Temp) (Area) (colume) (flag)
1 1 1.9679E-04 587.00000 1.0000E+00 1.9679E-04 0
2 1 1.9679E-04 575.95920 1.0000E+00 1.9679E-04 0
3 1 1.9679E-04 563.94777 1.0000E+00 1.9679E-04 0
4 1 1.9679E-04 551.97253 1.0000E+00 1.9679E-04 0
5 1 1.9679E-04 540.04000 1.0000E+00 1.9679E-04 0
6 1 1.9679E-04 528.15632 1.0000E+00 1.9679E-04 0
7 1 1.9679E-04 516.32727 1.0000E+00 1.9679E-04 0
8 1 1.9679E-04 504.55824 1.0000E+00 1.9679E-04 0
265
![Page 266: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/266.jpg)
9 1 1.9679E-04 492.85422 1.0000E+00 1.9679E-04 0
10 1 1.9679E-04 481.21977 1.0000E+00 1.9679E-04 0
11 1 1.9679E-04 469.65904 1.0000E+00 1.9679E-04 0
12 1 1.9679E-04 458.17576 1.0000E+00 1.9679E-04 0
13 1 1.9679E-04 446.77325 1.0000E+00 1.9679E-04 0
14 1 1.9679E-04 435.45439 1.0000E+00 1.9679E-04 0
15 1 1.9679E-04 424.22167 1.0000E+00 1.9679E-04 0
16 2 1.3333E-04 413.07719 1.0000E+00 1.3333E-04 0
17 2 1.3333E-04 403.42079 1.0000E+00 1.3333E-04 0
18 2 1.3333E-04 393.73893 1.0000E+00 1.3333E-04 0
19 2 1.3333E-04 384.03103 1.0000E+00 1.3333E-04 0
20 2 1.3333E-04 374.29643 1.0000E+00 1.3333E-04 0
21 2 1.3333E-04 364.53444 1.0000E+00 1.3333E-04 0
22 2 1.3333E-04 354.74431 1.0000E+00 1.3333E-04 0
23 2 1.3333E-04 344.92527 1.0000E+00 1.3333E-04 0
24 2 1.3333E-04 335.07649 1.0000E+00 1.3333E-04 0
25 2 1.3333E-04 325.19709 1.0000E+00 1.3333E-04 0
26 2 1.3333E-04 315.28617 1.0000E+00 1.3333E-04 0
27 2 1.3333E-04 305.34275 1.0000E+00 1.3333E-04 0
28 2 1.3333E-04 295.36583 1.0000E+00 1.3333E-04 0
29 2 1.3333E-04 285.35435 1.0000E+00 1.3333E-04 0
30 2 1.3333E-04 275.30723 1.0000E+00 1.3333E-04 0
31 3 1.6000E-03 265.22330 1.0000E+00 1.6000E-03 0
32 3 1.6000E-03 261.72848 1.0000E+00 1.6000E-03 0
33 3 1.6000E-03 258.97647 1.0000E+00 1.6000E-03 0
34 3 1.6000E-03 256.99223 1.0000E+00 1.6000E-03 0
35 3 1.6000E-03 255.79416 1.0000E+00 1.6000E-03 0
0 0 0.0000E+00 255.39353 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0
266
![Page 267: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/267.jpg)
In this format all you gotta do is copy and paste this into the new input file and it will have
everything it needs.
1.5 Block 7
This is where the heat flux goes. Your areoheating/trajectory people should be able to get you a
heat flux file. Ask for it in Watts per meter squared. It will look like this:
**block 7 front face boundary condition data
**ibcty1 ifmt1 trad1
1 0 20.
**time rec enthapy rad input C sub h P
** sec J/Kg W/m^2 Kg/m^2-s atm
0 0 6.07E+04 0
1 0 5.79E+04 0
2 0 5.52E+04 0
3 0 5.27E+04 0
4 0 5.02E+04 0
5 0 4.79E+04 0
6 0 4.63E+04 0
7 0 4.43E+04 0
8 0 4.21E+04 0
9 0 4.01E+04 0
10 0 3.81E+04 0
11 0 3.62E+04 0
12 0 3.45E+04 0
13 0 3.28E+04 0
267
![Page 268: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/268.jpg)
14 0 3.12E+04 0
15 0 2.97E+04 0
Ibcty1, ifmt1, and trad1 are all explained in the SODDIT booklet.
1.6 Reinitialization
Because of the way SODDIT was created, it has a bug where if the temperature of the
outermost node drops below the ablation temperature then the code starts spitting out corrupted
data. To fix this, you go back and run the code to the time step before it crapped out and drop
the outer temperature by 1 degree. You use flag 2 = 3 and copy and past the block 6 information
as shown above from the _out.txt file. At this point you make block 7 input start at the time step
after the one you started at and presto, more soddit data you couldn’t get before.
1.7 Output files
There are two main output files that soddit will output.
1.7.1 _out.txt files
Every time you run SODDIT you will get a *_out.txt file. The * will be whatever the name of
the input file was. This file will contain all the data you could possibly need to find from
SODDIT. It gives temperature at node, heat data, ablation, and other quantities all at time. The
268
![Page 269: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/269.jpg)
most important part of this is the very last block of data. This block is used for the
reinitialization.
1.7.2 _plt.txt files
The *_plt.txt is an optional file. You get this by activating flag 5. IT contains most of the data
from the *_out.txt file, but in a more user friendly format. It is meant to be plotted, hence the
name. I found the _plt.txt files to be the most useful when looking at data.
Section 2: MacDermott SODDIT Interaction Files
2.1 macd_soddit_run.m
The main control file for my SODDIT code is macd_soddit_run.m. I have coded just
about everything you could want to change into this one file. There are thee main sections.
2.1.1 Heating Files
The heating files control is how SODDIT interacts with the rest of the mission. It is the
only place that data from other sections of the mission can affect the TPS.
heatfilename is a string. It names the heating file that is to be used. This will be passed
into soddit_control later.
269
![Page 270: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/270.jpg)
Name is a variable that has the heating file loaded into it. This allows you to find the
max time that the heat file runs. This is important because SODDIT will continue to run till it
encounters an error or until I hits the max time. So even if there is no heating data it will
continue to run. m is the max time contained in the heating file.
Tmax is the maximum time you want to code to run. If you don’t care if SODDIT runs
quickly or not, set it to m, if you want fast runs, then find the time till ablation stops, and then set
it equal to one time step before the ablation stops.
heatingpoint can be a scalar or a vector. It is the heating point that soddit will look at for
that run. Each heating point (if there are more than one) will have its own data and plot.
heatingpoint = 1 should be the stagnation point and 2, 3, 4,… will be the next point down on the
craft.
2.1.2 Materials section
The material section contains all the information SODDIT needs to determine what is
going on in a regular (not reinitialization) run.
number_of_materials in theory determines the number of materials. In practice, because of the
way I coded it, must remain at 3 or less. This was a slight oversight, but I don’t think you will
need more than 3 materials. I didn’t.
270
![Page 271: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/271.jpg)
matname# is a string. This string names the materials that will be used for that layer.
matthick(#) is a scalar that is the thickness, in meters, of that layer of material
matnodes(#) is the integer value of the number of nodes you want the material to have. The
more nodes, the more data point there will be in the material. I suggest 15, unless the layer is
very thin.
ablate(#) is a flag that tells SODDIT if that layer is going to ablate. ONLY THE TOPMOST
LAYER CAN HAVE A FLAG = 1 all other layers must be zero. Having ablate(#) = 1 turns on
ablation for that layer. Having ablate(#) = 0 turn off ablation for that layer.
multi(#) is useless. It was originally meant to allow for the thickness of a layer to change in the
heckler code. I do not use it at all. Setting it to 1 turned on the varying thickness, setting it equal
to 0 turned it off. If sweep (talked about later) is zero it doesn’t matter. I suggest not messing
with it. The only reason it is still here is that it is hard coded into the heckler code and was easier
to ignore than to remove.
2.1.3 Other Stuff
This is the stuff that doesn’t really fit a category, but is important anyways.
271
![Page 272: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/272.jpg)
sweep was originally, in the heckler code, meant to be a vector full of number to mulitpy the
thickness by and try to find an optinal solution. For my code, it needs to be zero, because I only
want to look at a single thickness at a time.
Run is slightly redundant. In theory if you want to run a non-ablating case, just make all
ablate(#) = 0 and it will do it. However, if you want to, you can also change it down here by
setting run = 1, if run is anything else, then it is an ablation case.
Soddit_control has been turned into an function here, and it called.
2.2 soddit_control.m
This was the main script for the heckler code. I turned it into a function that I could call.
The first for loop assigns the material properties to names that the file likes.
Then the Twall is set. This is ONLY used for the plotting that comes later in the second for
loop.
Sweep, useless, but hard coded into the other functions and therefore a pain. Igmore it here.
The decond for loop runs the SODDIT code. DO NOT JACK WITH ANY OF THIS STUFF. It
will only mess you up. lcv is what this section calls the variable heatingpoint. Macd_stuff1.m is
the only change I made to this section
272
![Page 273: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/273.jpg)
Down at the very bottom it saves a number of variable, some of them are used elsewhere, others
are not.
2.3 macdstuff1.m
This file is my own creation. It allows for a visual representation of what is goug on. It
is a function and it runs inside the 2nd for loop of soddit_control.m. What it does is load a file
called Lastrun.mat that the heckler code spits out and then finds the layer thicknesses, and
temperature between layers and then plots them. It does both plots on the same figure using
subplot and then names them for you. Very nice file.
2.4 soddit_between.m
This is a major portion of the heckler code. There is NO reason to mess with this one. It
does nothing but call the function mysoddit as many times as is necessary.
2.5 mysoddit.m
This is a very, very important file. It builds the input file for you and then runs SODDIT.
It is very important that you change at least the next four variables.
273
![Page 274: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/274.jpg)
Make sure that soddit_exe is a string that contains the correct location information.
Without this the code WILL NOT RUN
Also make sure that soddit_path is a string that is the right location. Without this the
code WILL NOT RUN.
current_directory is a string that is the location and path where all you files are saved. If
this is not correct matlab wont be able to find itself to run these files
materials_directory is the string for th path where all the material files are saved. Make
sure this is correct as well.
The rest of the file sets up the input file. These are subdivided into blocks. If you need to
look at one of the blocks, it should be easy enough to find. It also reads the _plt.txt file and gets
data to use.
Section 3: SQP Optimization of Thickness
3.1 Introduction to SQP
Sequential Quadratic Programming is an optimization method that finds a better solution
for a given function by approximating that function. The approximation is a quadratic
274
![Page 275: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/275.jpg)
approximation of the original function. This approximation is then minimized and the minimal
solution is used as the starting point for the next step.
What I have done, is suing Matlab’s fmincon function, set up a system of scripts and
functions that will do an SQP minimization of the thicknesses of the ablator and the insulator.
The objective function is the summation of the density times the thickness for each layer.
The names reflect that I also used this as an assigmne for AAE 550, Multidisciplinary
Design Optimization.
3.2 aae550proj.m
The first thing this does is set up a global variable. This variable will be read both here and in
optim_macd_soddit_run.m. It sets the heating file that is to be used.
Tmax is just the max time you want it to run. I suggest doing a run in
macd_soddit_control.m first to find the time till ablation stops and then using that time.
Point is just the heating point you will be looking at.
The next few lines set up the constraints. There are no linear constraints or equalities or
that is why they are all empty vectors. The lower bounds are set to zero because you can’t have
a negative thickness, and there are no upper bounds.
275
![Page 276: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/276.jpg)
The options are also important. You can learn more about them by using the help
command in matlab. Help optimset
The initial thicknesses are done in CENTIMETERS not meters. Take note of this. This
was done because if you deal with meters then the tolerances go to small to fast.
3.3 aae550func.m
This one is really easy. It is just the objective function. Plain and simple
3.4 aae550con.m
This functions ets up the constraints for the optimization. First it runs
optim_macd_soddit_run.m and then it takes the outputs of this (max time and inner wll temp)
and makes constraints out of them. The first constraint, g(1) is that the inner wall temperature
must be less than or equal to 350 Kelvin. The second constraint, h(1) is that you want the
Maximum time for the run to equal the Maximum time you inputted. This constraint tells you
that there is still TPS, because if all the ablator ablates, then the run terminates prematurely.
3.5 optim_macd_soddit_run.m
276
![Page 277: CROMAGnAM - Purdue Engineering · Web viewThe stable c.g. location is currently performed manually by the aerodynamicist. If this process could be automated, then the GA would be](https://reader037.vdocuments.mx/reader037/viewer/2022102812/5ae5903c7f8b9aee078bb3e0/html5/thumbnails/277.jpg)
The first thing that this function does is turn the thicknesses from cm to m. Then it runs
basically the same as macd_soddit_run.m. You can change the materials, etc….
3.6 optim_soddit_control.m
Exactly the same as soddit_control.m except that the plotting function has been removed.
277